83_FR_14482 83 FR 14417 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Site Characterization Surveys off of Delaware

83 FR 14417 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Site Characterization Surveys off of Delaware

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 83, Issue 65 (April 4, 2018)

Page Range14417-14443
FR Document2018-06856

NMFS has received a request from Garden State Offshore Energy, LLC (GSOE), for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to marine site characterization surveys off the coast of Delaware as part of the Skipjack Wind Project in the area of the Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands for Renewable Energy Development on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS-A 0482) and along potential submarine cable routes to a landfall location in Maryland or Delaware. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations and agency responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.

Federal Register, Volume 83 Issue 65 (Wednesday, April 4, 2018)
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 65 (Wednesday, April 4, 2018)]
[Notices]
[Pages 14417-14443]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2018-06856]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XF991


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Marine Site Characterization 
Surveys off of Delaware

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from Garden State Offshore Energy, 
LLC (GSOE), for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to 
marine site characterization surveys off the coast of Delaware as part 
of the Skipjack Wind Project in the area of the Commercial Lease of 
Submerged Lands for Renewable Energy Development on the Outer 
Continental Shelf (OCS-A 0482) and along potential submarine cable 
routes to a landfall location in Maryland or Delaware. Pursuant to the 
Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its 
proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to 
incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS 
will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the 
issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations and agency responses will 
be summarized in the final notice of our decision.

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than May 4, 
2018.

ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, 
National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to 
1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910, and electronic 
comments should be sent to [email protected].
    Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any 
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the 
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including 
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments 
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or 
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the 
public record and will generally be posted online at

[[Page 14418]]

www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/energy_other.htm without 
change. All personal identifying information (e.g., name, address) 
voluntarily submitted by the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do 
not submit confidential business information or otherwise sensitive or 
protected information.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the applications 
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in 
this document, may be obtained by visiting the internet at: 
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/energy_other.htm. In case of 
problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed 
above.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C.1361 et seq.) 
direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon 
request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers 
of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity 
(other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region 
if certain findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if 
the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed 
authorization is provided to the public for review.
    An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth.
    NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an 
impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably 
expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the 
species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or 
survival.
    The MMPA states that the term ``take'' means to harass, hunt, 
capture, or kill, or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any 
marine mammal.
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering (Level B harassment).

National Environmental Policy Act

    To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A, 
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an 
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts 
on the human environment.
    Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an Environmental Assessment (EA) to 
consider the environmental impacts associated with the issuance of the 
proposed IHA. We will review all comments submitted in response to this 
notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision 
on the IHA request.

Summary of Request

    On November 22, 2017, NMFS received a request from GSOE for an IHA 
to take marine mammals incidental to marine site characterization 
surveys off the coast of Delaware in the area of the Commercial Lease 
of Submerged Lands for Renewable Energy Development on the Outer 
Continental Shelf (OCS-A 0482) (Lease Area) and along potential 
submarine cable routes to a landfall location in Maryland or Delaware. 
GSOE has designated Skipjack Offshore Energy, LLC (Skipjack), a wholly-
owned indirect subsidiary of Deepwater Wind Holdings, LLC (Deepwater 
Wind), and an affiliate of GSOE, to perform the activities described in 
the IHA application. A revised application was received on March 19, 
2018. NMFS deemed that request to be adequate and complete. GSOE's 
request is for take of 14 marine mammal species by Level B harassment. 
Neither GSOE nor NMFS expects serious injury or mortality to result 
from this activity, and the activity is expected to last no more than 
one year Therefore, an IHA is appropriate.

Description of the Proposed Activity

Overview

    GSOE proposes to conduct marine site characterization surveys, 
including high-resolution geophysical (HRG) and geotechnical surveys, 
in the Lease Area and along potential submarine cable routes to 
landfall locations in either the state of Maryland or Delaware. Surveys 
would occur from approximately May 2018 through December 2018.
    The purpose of the marine site characterization surveys is to 
obtain a baseline assessment of seabed/sub-surface soil conditions in 
the Lease Area and cable route corridors to support the siting of the 
proposed Skipjack wind farm. Underwater sound resulting from GSOE's 
proposed site characterization surveys have the potential to result in 
incidental take of marine mammals in the form of behavioral harassment.

Dates and Duration

    The site characterization surveys would occur between May 15, 2018, 
and December 31, 2018. During this time period, geophysical surveys 
would be conducted for up to 183 days and geotechnical surveys would be 
conducted for up to 72 days. This schedule is based on 24-hour 
operations and includes potential down time due to inclement weather. 
Surveys will last for approximately seven months and are anticipated to 
commence upon issuance of the requested IHA, if appropriate.

Specific Geographic Region

    GSOE's survey activities would occur in the Northwest Atlantic 
Ocean within Federal waters. Surveys would occur in the Lease Area and 
along potential submarine cable routes to landfall locations in the 
state of Maryland and Delaware (see Figure 1 in the IHA application). 
The Lease Area is approximately 390 square kilometers (km\2\) (96,430 
acres). The Lease Area is approximately 11 miles due east from Rehoboth 
Beach, Delaware, at its closest point to shore.

Detailed Description of the Specified Activities

    GSOE's proposed marine site characterization surveys include HRG 
and geotechnical survey activities. Surveys would occur within the 
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) Delaware Wind Energy Area (DE 
WEA) which is east of Delaware (see Figure 1 in the IHA application). 
Water depths in the Lease Area range from 16 to 28 meters (m) (52 to 92 
feet (ft)). For the purpose of this IHA the Lease Area and submarine 
cable corridor are collectively termed the Project Area.
    Geophysical and shallow geotechnical survey activities are 
anticipated to be supported by a vessel approximately 30-60 m (100-200 
ft) long which will maintain a speed of between two to five knots (kn) 
while transiting survey lines. Deep geotechnical survey activities and 
possible shallow geotechnical activities are anticipated to be 
conducted from an 80 to 100 m (250 to 300 ft) dynamically

[[Page 14419]]

positioned (DP) vessel with support of a tug boat. Survey activities 
will be executed in compliance with the July 2015 BOEM Guidelines for 
Providing Geophysical, Geotechnical, and Geohazard Information Pursuant 
to 30 CFR part 585. The proposed HRG and geotechnical survey activities 
are described below.

Geotechnical Survey Activities

    GSOE's proposed geotechnical survey activities would include the 
following:
     Vibracores to characterize the geological and geotechnical 
characteristics of the seabed, up to approximately 5 m deep. 
Vibracoring entails use of a hydraulic or electric driven pulsating 
head to drive a hollow tube into the seafloor and recover a stratified 
representation of the sediment.
     Core Penetration Testing (CPT) to determine stratigraphy 
and in-situ conditions of the sediments. Target penetration is 60 to 75 
m.
     Deep Boring Cores would be drilled to determine the 
vertical and lateral variation in seabed conditions and provide 
geotechnical data to depths at least 10 m deeper than design 
penetration of the foundations (60 to 75 m target penetration).
    GSOE's proposed geotechnical survey activities would last up to 72 
days. Shallow geotechnical surveys, consisting of CPTs and vibracores, 
are planned for within the Lease Area and approximately every 1-2 
kilometers (km) along the export cable routes. Foundation-depth 
geotechnical borings are also planned at each proposed foundation 
location within the Lease Area. While the quantity and locations of 
wind turbine generators to be installed, as well as cable route, has 
yet to be determined, an estimate of 66 vibracores, 21 CPTs, and 22 
deep borings are planned within the Lease Area and along the export 
cable routes. The geotechnical sampling will be conducted from a DP 
vessel, approximately 80 m in length.
    In considering whether marine mammal harassment is an expected 
outcome of exposure to a particular activity or sound source, NMFS 
considers the nature of the exposure itself (e.g., the magnitude, 
frequency, or duration of exposure), characteristics of the marine 
mammals potentially exposed, and the conditions specific to the 
geographic area where the activity is expected to occur (e.g., whether 
the activity is planned in a foraging area, breeding area, nursery or 
pupping area, or other biologically important area for the species). We 
then consider the expected response of the exposed animal and whether 
the nature and duration or intensity of that response is expected to 
cause disruption of behavioral patterns (e.g., migration, breathing, 
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering) or injury.
    Geotechnical survey activities would be conducted from a drill ship 
equipped with DP thrusters. DP thrusters would be used to position the 
sampling vessel on station and maintain position at each sampling 
location during the sampling activity. Sound produced through use of DP 
thrusters is similar to that produced by transiting vessels and DP 
thrusters are typically operated either in a similarly predictable 
manner or used for short durations around stationary activities. NMFS 
does not believe acoustic impacts from DP thrusters are likely to 
result in take of marine mammals in the absence of activity- or 
location-specific circumstances that may otherwise represent specific 
concerns for marine mammals (i.e., activities proposed in area known to 
be of particular importance for a particular species), or associated 
activities that may increase the potential to result in take when in 
concert with DP thrusters. In this case, we are not aware of any such 
circumstances. Monitoring of past projects that entailed use of DP 
thrusters has shown a lack of observed marine mammal responses as a 
result of exposure to sound from DP thrusters. Therefore, NMFS believes 
the likelihood of DP thrusters used during the proposed geotechnical 
surveys resulting in harassment of marine mammals to be so low as to be 
discountable. As DP thrusters are not expected to result in take of 
marine mammals, these activities are not analyzed further in this 
document.
    Vibracoring entails driving a hydraulic or electric pulsating head 
through a hollow tube into the seafloor to recover a stratified 
representation of the sediment. The vibracoring process is short in 
duration and is performed from a dynamic positioning vessel. The vessel 
would use DP thrusters to maintain the vessel's position while the 
vibracore sample is taken, as described above. The vibracoring process 
would always be performed in concert with DP thrusters, and DP 
thrusters would begin operating prior to the activation of the 
vibracore to maintain the vessel's position; thus, we expect that any 
marine mammals in the project area would detect the presence and noise 
associated with the vessel and the DP thrusters prior to commencement 
of vibracoring. Any reaction by marine mammals would be expected to be 
similar to reactions to the concurrent DP thrusters, which are expected 
to be minor and short term. In this case, vibracoring is not planned in 
any areas of particular biological significance for any marine mammals. 
Thus while a marine mammal may perceive noise from vibracoring and may 
respond briefly, we believe the potential for this response to rise to 
the level of take to be so low as to be discountable, based on the 
short duration of the activity and the fact that marine mammals would 
be expected to react to the vessel and DP thrusters before vibracoring 
commences, potentially through brief avoidance. In addition, the fact 
that the geographic area is not biologically important for any marine 
mammal species means that such reactions are not likely to carry any 
meaningful significance for the animals.
    Field studies conducted off the coast of Virginia to determine the 
underwater noise produced by CPTs and borehole drilling found that 
these activities did not result in underwater noise levels that 
exceeded current thresholds for Level B harassment of marine mammals 
(Kalapinski, 2015). Given the small size and energy footprint of CPTs 
borehole drilling, NMFS believes the likelihood that noise from these 
activities would exceed the Level B harassment threshold at any 
appreciable distance is so low as to be discountable. Therefore, 
geotechnical survey activities, including CPTs, borehole drilling and 
vibracores, are not expected to result in harassment of marine mammals 
and are not analyzed further in this document.

Geophysical Survey Activities

    GSOE has proposed that HRG survey operations would be conducted 
continuously 24 hours per day. Based on 24-hour operations, the 
estimated duration of the geophysical survey activities would be 
approximately 183 days (including estimated weather down time). The 
geophysical survey activities proposed by GSOE would include the 
following:
     Multibeam Depth Sounder to determine water depths and 
general bottom topography. The multibeam echosounder sonar system 
projects sonar pulses in several angled beams from a transducer mounted 
to a ship's hull. The beams radiate out from the transducer in a fan-
shaped pattern orthogonally to the ship's direction.
     Shallow Penetration Sub-Bottom Profiler (Chirp) to map the 
near surface stratigraphy (top 0 to 5 m of sediment below seabed). A 
Chirp system emits sonar pulses which increase in frequency (3.5 to 200 
kHz) over time. The pulse length frequency range can be adjusted to 
meet project variables.
     Medium Penetration Sub-Bottom Profiler (Boomer) to map 
deeper subsurface stratigraphy as needed. This

[[Page 14420]]

system is commonly mounted on a sled and towed behind a boat.
     Medium Penetration Sub-Bottom Profiler (Sparker and/or 
bubble gun) to map deeper subsurface stratigraphy as needed. Sparkers 
create acoustic pulses omni-directionally from the source that can 
penetrate several hundred meters into the seafloor. Hydrophone arrays 
towed nearby receive the return signals.
     Sidescan Sonar used to image the seafloor for seabed 
sediment classification purposes and to identify natural and man-made 
acoustic targets on the seafloor. The sonar device emits conical or 
fan-shaped pulses down toward the seafloor in multiple beams at a wide 
angle, perpendicular to the path of the sensor through the water. The 
acoustic return of the pulses is recorded in a series of cross-track 
slices, which can be joined to form an image of the sea bottom within 
the swath of the beam.
     Marine Magnetometer to detect ferrous metal objects on the 
seafloor which may cause a hazard including anchors, chains, cables, 
pipelines, ballast stones and other scattered shipwreck debris, 
munitions of all sizes, unexploded ordinances, aircraft, engines and 
any other object with magnetic expression.
    Table 1 identifies the representative survey equipment that may be 
used in support of planned geophysical survey activities. The make and 
model of the listed geophysical equipment will vary depending on 
availability and the final equipment choices will vary depending upon 
the final survey design, vessel availability, and survey contractor 
selection. Any survey equipment selected would have characteristics 
similar to the systems described below, if different.

                                        Table 1--Summary of Geophysical Survey Equipment Proposed for Use by GSOE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 Operational depth
        Equipment type           Operating frequencies   Source level (SLrms       (meters below        Beam width (degrees)         Pulse duration
                                         (kHz)           dB re 1 [mu]PA @1 m)         surface)                                       (milliseconds)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Multibeam Depth Sounding
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reson SeaBat 7125 \1\.........  200 and 400...........  220..................  4....................  128.....................  0.03 to 0.3.
Reson SeaBat 7101 \2\.........  100...................  162..................  2 to 5...............  140.....................  0.8 to 3.04.
R2SONIC Sonic 2020 \1\........  170 to 450............  162..................  2 to 5...............  160.....................  0.11.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Shallow Sub-bottom Profiling
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Teledyne Benthos Chirp III \3\  2 to 7................  197..................  4....................  45......................  0.2.
EdgeTech SB3200 XS............  2 to 16...............  176..................  2 to 5...............  170.....................  3.4.
SB216\4\......................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Medium Penetration Sub-bottom Profiling
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applied Acoustics.............  0.1 to 10.............  175..................  1 to 2...............  60......................  58.
Fugro boomer \1\..............
Applied Acoustics S-Boom        0.25 to 8.............  203..................  2....................  25 to 35................  0.6.
 system--CSP-D 2400HV (600
 joule/pulse) \5\.
GeoResources 800 Joule Sparker  0.75 to 2.75..........  203..................  4....................  360 (omni-directional)..  0.1 to 0.2.
 \6\.
Falmouth Scientific HMS 620     0.02 to 1.7...........  196..................  1.5..................  360 (omni-directional)..  1.6.
 bubble gun \7\.
Applied Acoustics.............  0.03 to 5.............  213..................  1 to 2...............  170.....................  2.1.
Dura-Spark 240 \5\............
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Side Scan Sonar
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Klein Marine Systems model      445 and 900...........  242..................  20...................  40......................  0.025.
 3900 \1\.
EdgeTech model 4125 \1\.......  105 and 410...........  225..................  10...................  158.....................  10 to 20.
EdgeTech model 4200 \1\.......  300 and 600...........  215 to 220...........  1....................  0.5 and 0.26............  5 to 12.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Source level obtained from equipment specifications as described in 82 FR 22250: ``Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
  Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Site Characterization Surveys off the Coast of New York.''
\2\ Source level based on published manufacturer specifications and/or systems manual.
\3\ Source level based on published manufacturer specifications and/or systems manual--assumed configured as TTV-171 with AT-471 transducer per system
  manual.
\4\ Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016). Assumed to be 3200 XS with SB216. Used as proxy: 3200 XS with SB424 in 4-24 kHz mode
  Since the 3200 XS system manual lists same power output between SB216 and SB 424.
\5\ Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016).
\6\ Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016)--ELC820 used as proxy.
\7\ Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016)--Used single plate 1 due to discrepancies noted in Crocker and Fratantonio (2016)
  regarding plate 2.

    The deployment of HRG survey equipment, including the equipment 
planned for use during GSOE's planned activity, produces sound in the 
marine environment that has the potential to result in harassment of 
marine mammals. However, sound propagation is dependent on several 
factors including operating mode, frequency and beam direction of the 
HRG equipment; thus, potential impacts to marine mammals from HRG 
equipment are driven by the specification of individual HRG sources. 
The specifications of the potential equipment planned for use during 
HRG survey activities (Table 1) were analyzed to determine which types 
of equipment would have the potential to result in harassment of marine 
mammals. HRG equipment that would

[[Page 14421]]

be operated either at frequency ranges that fall outside the functional 
hearing ranges of marine mammals (e.g., above 200 kHz) or that that 
operate within marine mammal functional hearing ranges but have low 
sound source levels (e.g., a single pulse at less than 200 dB re re 1 
[mu]Pa) were assumed to not have the potential to result in marine 
mammal harassment and were therefore eliminated from further analysis. 
Of the potential HRG survey equipment planned for use, the following 
equipment was determined to have the potential to result in harassment 
of marine mammals:
     Teledyne Benthos Chirp III Sub-bottom Profiler;
     EdgeTech Sub-bottom Profilers (Chirp);
     Applied Acoustics Fugro Sub-bottom Profiler (Boomer);
     Applied Acoustics S-Boom Sub-bottom Profiling System 
consisting of a CSP-D 2400HV power supply and 3-plate catamaran;
     GeoResources 800 Joule Sparker;
     Falmouth Scientific HMS 620 Bubble Gun; and
     Applied Acoustics Dura-Spark 240 System;
    As the HRG survey equipment listed above was determined to have the 
potential to result in harassment of marine mammals, the equipment 
listed above was carried forward in the analysis of potential impacts 
to marine mammals; all other HRG equipment planned for use by GSOE is 
not expected to result in harassment of marine mammals and is therefore 
not analyzed further in this document.
    Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are 
described in detail later in this document (please see ``Proposed 
Mitigation'' and ``Proposed Monitoring and Reporting'').

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activity

    Sections 3 and 4 of GSOE's IHA application summarize available 
information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat 
preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected 
species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats 
may be found in NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SAR; www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/) and more general information about these species (e.g., 
physical and behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS' website 
(www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/mammals/). All species that could 
potentially occur in the proposed survey areas are included in Table 5 
of the IHA application. However, the temporal and/or spatial occurrence 
of several species listed in Table 5 of the IHA application is such 
that take of these species is not expected to occur, and they are not 
discussed further beyond the explanation provided here. Take of these 
species is not anticipated either because they have very low densities 
in the project area, are known to occur further offshore than the 
project area, or are considered very unlikely to occur in the project 
area during the proposed survey due to the species' seasonal occurrence 
in the area.
    Table 2 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in 
the survey area and with the potential to be taken as a result of the 
proposed survey and summarizes information related to the population or 
stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA and potential 
biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we follow 
Committee on Taxonomy (2017). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the maximum 
number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be 
removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach 
or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in NMFS' 
SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR is 
included here as a gross indicator of the status of the species and 
other threats.
    Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document 
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or 
the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. 
NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total 
estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that 
comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend 
beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in 
NMFS' U.S. 2017 draft SARs (e.g., Hayes et al., 2018). All values 
presented in Table 2 are the most recent available at the time of 
publication and are available in the 2017 draft Atlantic SARs (Hayes et 
al., 2018).

                                                Table 2--Marine Mammals Known to Occur in the Survey Area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   NMFS stock
                                                          NMFS MMPA and ESA        abundance           Predicted                        Occurrence and
           Common name                     Stock          status; strategic      (CV,Nmin, most     abundance (CV)       PBR \4\      seasonality in the
                                                              (Y/N) \1\         recent abundance          \3\                            survey area
                                                                                  survey) \2\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Toothed whales (Odontoceti)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale (Physeter              North Atlantic......  E; Y...............  2,288 (0.28; 1,815;      5,353 (0.12)             3.6  Rare.
 macrocephalus).                                                               n/a).
Long-finned pilot whale            W. North Atlantic...  --; Y..............  5,636 (0.63; 3,464;        \6\ 18,977              35  Rare.
 (Globicephala melas).                                                         n/a).                         (0.11)
Atlantic white-sided dolphin       W. North Atlantic...  --; N..............  48,819 (0.61;           37,180 (0.07)             304  Rare.
 (Lagenorhynchus acutus).                                                      30,403; n/a).
Atlantic spotted dolphin           W. North Atlantic...  --; N..............  44,715 (0.43;           55,436 (0.32)             316  Rare.
 (Stenella frontalis).                                                         31,610; n/a).
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops       W. North Atlantic,    --; N..............  77,532 (0.40;              \5\ 97,476             561  Common year round.
 truncatus).                        Offshore.                                  56,053; 2011).                (0.06)
                                   W. North Atlantic,    --; N..............  6,639 (0.41; 4,759;  ................              48  Common in summer;
                                    Northern Migratory                         2015).                                                 rare in winter.
                                    Coastal.

[[Page 14422]]

 
Short-beaked common dolphin        W. North Atlantic...  --; N..............  70,184 (0.28;           86,098 (0.12)             557  Common year round.
 (Delphinus delphis).                                                          55,690; 2011).
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena          Gulf of Maine/Bay of  --; N..............  79,833 (0.32;         * 45,089 (0.12)             706  Common year round.
 phocoena).                         Fundy.                                     61,415; 2011).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Baleen whales (Mysticeti)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Atlantic right whale         W. North Atlantic...  E; Y...............  458 (0; 455; n/a)..      * 535 (0.45)             1.4  Year round in
 (Eubalaena glacialis).                                                                                                               continental shelf
                                                                                                                                      and slope waters,
                                                                                                                                      occur seasonally
                                                                                                                                      to forage.
Humpback whale \6\ (Megaptera      Gulf of Maine.......  --; N..............  335 (0.42; 239; n/     * 1,637 (0.07)             3.7  Common year round.
 novaeangliae).                                                                a).
Fin whale (Balaenoptera physalus)  W. North Atlantic...  E; Y...............  1,618 (0.33; 1,234;      4,633 (0.08)             2.5  Year round in
                                                                               n/a).                                                  continental shelf
                                                                                                                                      and slope waters,
                                                                                                                                      occur seasonally
                                                                                                                                      to forage.
Sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis)  Nova Scotia.........  E; Y...............  357 (0.52; 236; n/          717 (0.3)             0.5  Year round in
                                                                               a).                                                    continental shelf
                                                                                                                                      and slope waters,
                                                                                                                                      occur seasonally
                                                                                                                                      to forage.
Minke whale (Balaenoptera          Canadian East Coast.  --; N..............  2,591 (0.81; 1,425;    * 2,112 (0.05)             162  Year round in
 acutorostrata).                                                               n/a).                                                  continental shelf
                                                                                                                                      and slope waters,
                                                                                                                                      occur seasonally
                                                                                                                                      to forage.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Earless seals (Phocidae)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gray seal \7\ (Halichoerus         W. North Atlantic...  --; N..............  27,131 (0.10;        ................           1,554  Rare.
 grypus).                                                                      25,908; n/a).
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina).....  W. North Atlantic...  --; N..............  75,834 (0.15;        ................           2,006  Common year round.
                                                                               66,884; 2012).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (--) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA or
  designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR (see
  footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
  under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of
  stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated
  CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is presented; there may be more recent surveys that have not yet been
  incorporated into the estimate. All values presented here are from the 2017 draft Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al., 2018).
\3\ This information represents species- or guild-specific abundance predicted by recent habitat-based cetacean density models (Roberts et al., 2016).
  These models provide the best available scientific information regarding predicted density patterns of cetaceans in the U.S. Atlantic Ocean, and we
  provide the corresponding abundance predictions as a point of reference. Total abundance estimates were produced by computing the mean density of all
  pixels in the modeled area and multiplying by its area. For those species marked with an asterisk, the available information supported development of
  either two or four seasonal models; each model has an associated abundance prediction. Here, we report the maximum predicted abundance.
\4\ Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a
  marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP).
\5\ Abundance estimates are in some cases reported for a guild or group of species when those species are difficult to differentiate at sea. Similarly,
  the habitat-based cetacean density models produced by Roberts et al. (2016) are based in part on available observational data which, in some cases, is
  limited to genus or guild in terms of taxonomic definition. Roberts et al. (2016) produced density models to genus level for Globicephala spp. and
  produced a density model for bottlenose dolphins that does not differentiate between offshore and coastal stocks.
\6\ NMFS stock abundance estimate applies to Gulf of Maine feeding population. Actual humpback whale population in survey area is likely to be larger
  and to include humpback whales from additional feeding populations in unknown numbers.
\7\ NMFS stock abundance estimate applies to U.S. population only, actual abundance is believed to be much larger.

    Four marine mammal species that are listed under the Endangered 
Species Act (ESA) may be present in the survey area and are included in 
the take request: North Atlantic right whale, fin whale, sei whale and 
sperm whale.
    Below is a description of the species that are both common in the 
survey area east of Delaware and that have the

[[Page 14423]]

highest likelihood of occurring, at least seasonally, in the survey 
area and thus are expected to have the potential to be taken by the 
proposed activities. Though other marine mammal species are known to 
occur in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean, the temporal and/or spatial 
occurrence of several of these species is such that take of these 
species is not expected to occur, and they are therefore not discussed 
further beyond the explanation provided here. Take of these species is 
not anticipated either because they have very low densities in the 
project area (e.g., blue whale, Clymene dolphin, pantropical spotted 
dolphin, striped dolphin, spinner dolphin, killer whale, false killer 
whale, pygmy killer whale, short-finned pilot whale), or, are known to 
occur further offshore than the project area (e.g., beaked whales, 
rough toothed dolphin, Kogia spp.).
    For the majority of species potentially present in the specific 
geographic region, NMFS has designated only a single generic stock 
(e.g., ``western North Atlantic'') for management purposes. This 
includes the ``Canadian east coast'' stock of minke whales, which 
includes all minke whales found in U.S. waters. For humpback and sei 
whales, NMFS defines stocks on the basis of feeding locations, i.e., 
Gulf of Maine and Nova Scotia, respectively. However, our reference to 
humpback whales and sei whales in this document refers to any 
individuals of the species that are found in the specific geographic 
region.

North Atlantic Right Whale

    The North Atlantic right whale ranges from the calving grounds in 
the southeastern United States to feeding grounds in New England waters 
and into Canadian waters (Waring et al., 2016). Surveys have 
demonstrated the existence of seven areas where North Atlantic right 
whales congregate seasonally, including Georges Bank, Cape Cod, and 
Massachusetts Bay (Waring et al., 2016). In the late fall months (e.g., 
October), right whales generally depart from the feeding grounds in the 
North Atlantic and move south to their breeding grounds. Movements 
within and between habitats are extensive, and the area off the mid-
Atlantic states is an important migratory corridor (Waring et al., 
2016). In 2000, one whale was photographed in Florida waters on January 
12, then again 11 days later in Cape Cod Bay, less than a month later 
off Georgia, and back in Cape Cod Bay five weeks later, effectively 
making the round-trip migration to the Southeast and back at least 
twice during the winter season (Brown and Marx 2000). During the 
proposed survey right whales may be migrating through the proposed 
survey area and the surrounding waters.
    The western North Atlantic population demonstrated overall growth 
of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to 2010, despite a decline in 1993 
and no growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace et al. 2017). However, since 
2010 the population has been in decline, with a 99.99 percent 
probability of a decline of just under 1 percent per year (Pace et al. 
2017). Between 1990 and 2015, calving rates varied substantially, with 
low calving rates coinciding with all three periods of decline or no 
growth (Pace et al. 2017). On average, North Atlantic right whale 
calving rates are estimated to be roughly half that of southern right 
whales (Eubalaena australis) (Pace et al. 2017), which are increasing 
in abundance (NMFS 2015).
    The proposed survey area is part of the Eastern Atlantic 
Biologically Important Area (BIA) for North Atlantic right whales, 
which is important for right whale migration in March, April, November 
and December; this important migratory area is comprised of the waters 
of the continental shelf offshore the East Coast of the United States 
and extends from Florida through Massachusetts. Based on the proposed 
survey schedule (May through December), the majority of the survey 
would occur outside the months when the BIA is considered important for 
right whale migration.
    NMFS' regulations at 50 CFR part 224.105 designated nearshore 
waters of the Mid-Atlantic Bight as Mid-Atlantic U.S. Seasonal 
Management Areas (SMA) for right whales in 2008. SMAs were developed to 
reduce the threat of collisions between ships and right whales around 
their migratory route and calving grounds. Within SMAs, mandatory 
vessel speed restrictions (less than 10 kn) are in place for vessels 
greater than 65 ft. A portion of one SMA overlaps spatially with the 
northern section of the proposed survey area. This SMA, which occurs 
off the mouth of the Delaware Bay, is active from November 1 through 
April 30 of each year. Any survey vessels greater than 65 ft in length 
would be required to adhere to the mandatory vessel speed restrictions 
when operating within the SMA (when the SMA is active from November 1 
through April 30).
    The current abundance estimate for this stock is 458 individuals 
(Hayes et al., 2018). Data indicates that the number of adult females 
fell from 200 in 2010 to 186 in 2015 while males fell from 283 to 272 
in the same timeframe (Pace et al., 2017). In addition, elevated North 
Atlantic right whale mortalities have occurred since June 7, 2017, 
including a total of 17 confirmed dead stranded whales (12 in Canada; 5 
in the United States), and an additional 5 live whale entanglements in 
Canada, documented to date. This event has been declared an Unusual 
Mortality Event (UME). More information is available online at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/health/mmume/2017northatlanticrightwhaleume.html.

Humpback Whale

    Humpback whales are found worldwide in all oceans. The humpback 
whale population within the North Atlantic has been estimated to 
include approximately 11,570 individuals (Waring et al., 2016). 
Humpback whales utilize the mid-Atlantic as a migration pathway between 
calving/mating grounds to the south and feeding grounds in the north 
(Waring et al. 2007). During winter, the majority of humpback whales 
from North Atlantic feeding areas (including the Gulf of Maine) mate 
and calve in the West Indies, where spatial and genetic mixing among 
feeding groups occurs, though significant numbers of animals are found 
in mid- and high-latitude regions at this time and some individuals 
have been sighted repeatedly within the same winter season indicating 
that not all humpback whales migrate south every winter (Waring et al., 
2016).
    A key question with regard to humpback whales off the mid-Atlantic 
states is their stock identity. Using fluke photographs of living and 
dead whales observed in the region, Barco et al. (2002) reported that 
43 percent of 21 live whales matched to the Gulf of Maine, 19 percent 
to Newfoundland, and 4.8 percent to the Gulf of St Lawrence, while 31.6 
percent of 19 dead humpbacks were known Gulf of Maine whales. Although 
the population composition of the mid-Atlantic is apparently dominated 
by Gulf of Maine whales, lack of photographic effort in Newfoundland 
makes it likely that the observed match rates under-represent the true 
presence of Canadian whales in the region (Waring et al., 2016). Barco 
et al. (2002) suggested that the mid-Atlantic region primarily 
represents a supplemental winter feeding ground used by humpbacks.
    Since January 2016, elevated humpback whale mortalities have 
occurred along the Atlantic coast from Maine through North Carolina. 
Partial or full necropsy examinations have been conducted on 
approximately half of the 62 known cases. A portion of the whales have 
shown evidence of pre-mortem vessel strike; however, this finding is

[[Page 14424]]

not consistent across all of the whales examined so more research is 
needed. NOAA is consulting with researchers that are conducting studies 
on the humpback whale populations, and these efforts may provide 
information on changes in whale distribution and habitat use that could 
provide additional insight into how these vessel interactions occurred. 
Three previous UMEs involving humpback whales have occurred since 2000, 
in 2003, 2005, and 2006. More information is available at 
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/health/mmume/2017humpbackatlanticume.html.

Fin Whale

    Fin whales are common in waters of the U.S. Atlantic Exclusive 
Economic Zone (EEZ), principally from Cape Hatteras northward (Waring 
et al., 2016). Fin whales are present north of 35-degree latitude in 
every season and are broadly distributed throughout the western North 
Atlantic for most of the year (Waring et al., 2016). Fin whales are 
found in small groups of up to 5 individuals (Brueggeman et al., 1987). 
The main threats to fin whales are fishery interactions and vessel 
collisions (Waring et al., 2016).

Sei Whale

    The Nova Scotia stock of sei whales can be found in deeper waters 
of the continental shelf edge waters of the northeastern U.S. and 
northeastward to south of Newfoundland. The southern portion of the 
stock's range during spring and summer includes the Gulf of Maine and 
Georges Bank. Spring is the period of greatest abundance in U.S. 
waters, with sightings concentrated along the eastern margin of Georges 
Bank and into the Northeast Channel area, and along the southwestern 
edge of Georges Bank in the area of Hydrographer Canyon (Waring et al., 
2015). Sei whales occur in shallower waters to feed. Sei whales are 
listed as engendered under the ESA, and the Nova Scotia stock is 
considered strategic and depleted under the MMPA. The main threats to 
this stock are interactions with fisheries and vessel collisions.

Minke Whale

    Minke whales can be found in temperate, tropical, and high-latitude 
waters. The Canadian East Coast stock can be found in the area from the 
western half of the Davis Strait (45[deg] W) to the Gulf of Mexico 
(Waring et al., 2016). This species generally occupies waters less than 
100 m deep on the continental shelf. There appears to be a strong 
seasonal component to minke whale distribution in which spring to fall 
are times of relatively widespread and common occurrence, and when the 
whales are most abundant in New England waters, while during winter the 
species appears to be largely absent (Waring et al., 2016). The main 
threats to this stock are interactions with fisheries, strandings, and 
vessel collisions.

Sperm Whale

    The distribution of the sperm whale in the U.S. EEZ occurs on the 
continental shelf edge, over the continental slope, and into mid-ocean 
regions (Waring et al., 2014). The basic social unit of the sperm whale 
appears to be the mixed school of adult females plus their calves and 
some juveniles of both sexes, normally numbering 20-40 animals in all. 
There is evidence that some social bonds persist for many years 
(Christal et al., 1998). This species forms stable social groups, site 
fidelity, and latitudinal range limitations in groups of females and 
juveniles (Whitehead, 2002). In summer, the distribution of sperm 
whales includes the area east and north of Georges Bank and into the 
Northeast Channel region, as well as the continental shelf (inshore of 
the 100-m isobath) south of New England. In the fall, sperm whale 
occurrence south of New England on the continental shelf is at its 
highest level, and there remains a continental shelf edge occurrence in 
the mid-Atlantic bight. In winter, sperm whales are concentrated east 
and northeast of Cape Hatteras. The current abundance estimate for this 
stock is 2,288 (Hayes et al., 2017).

Long-Finned Pilot Whale

    Long-finned pilot whales are found from North Carolina and north to 
Iceland, Greenland and the Barents Sea (Waring et al., 2016). In U.S. 
Atlantic waters the species is distributed principally along the 
continental shelf edge off the northeastern U.S. coast in winter and 
early spring and in late spring, pilot whales move onto Georges Bank 
and into the Gulf of Maine and more northern waters and remain in these 
areas through late autumn (Waring et al., 2016). Long-finned pilot 
whales are not listed under the ESA. The Western North Atlantic stock 
is considered strategic under the MMPA. The main threats to this 
species include interactions with fisheries and habitat issues 
including exposure to high levels of polychlorinated biphenyls and 
chlorinated pesticides, and toxic metals including mercury, lead, 
cadmium, and selenium (Waring et al., 2016).

Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin

    White-sided dolphins are found in temperate and sub-polar waters of 
the North Atlantic, primarily in continental shelf waters to the 100-m 
depth contour from central West Greenland to North Carolina (Waring et 
al., 2016). The Gulf of Maine stock is most common in continental shelf 
waters from Hudson Canyon to Georges Bank, and in the Gulf of Maine and 
lower Bay of Fundy. Sighting data indicate seasonal shifts in 
distribution (Northridge et al., 1997). During January to May, low 
numbers of white-sided dolphins are found from Georges Bank to Jeffreys 
Ledge (off New Hampshire), with even lower numbers south of Georges 
Bank, as documented by a few strandings collected on beaches of 
Virginia to South Carolina. From June through September, large numbers 
of white-sided dolphins are found from Georges Bank to the lower Bay of 
Fundy. From October to December, white-sided dolphins occur at 
intermediate densities from southern Georges Bank to southern Gulf of 
Maine (Payne and Heinemann 1990). Sightings south of Georges Bank, 
particularly around Hudson Canyon, occur year round but at low 
densities. The main threat to this species is interactions with 
fisheries.

Atlantic Spotted Dolphin

    Atlantic spotted dolphins are found in tropical and warm temperate 
waters ranging from southern New England, south to Gulf of Mexico and 
the Caribbean to Venezuela (Waring et al., 2014). This stock regularly 
occurs in continental shelf waters south of Cape Hatteras and in 
continental shelf edge and continental slope waters north of this 
region (Waring et al., 2014). There are two forms of this species, with 
the larger ecotype inhabiting the continental shelf and is usually 
found inside or near the 200 m isobaths (Waring et al., 2014). Atlantic 
spotted dolphins are not listed under the ESA, and the stock is not 
considered depleted or strategic under the MMPA. The main threat to 
this species is interactions with fisheries.

Short-Beaked Common Dolphin

    The short-beaked common dolphin is found world-wide in temperate to 
subtropical seas. In the North Atlantic, short-beaked common dolphins 
are commonly found over the continental shelf between the 100-m and 
2000-m isobaths and over prominent underwater topography and east to 
the mid-Atlantic Ridge (Waring et al., 2016). Only the western North 
Atlantic stock may be present in the Lease Area. The current abundance 
estimate for this

[[Page 14425]]

stock is 70,184 animals (Hayes et al., 2017). The main threat to this 
species is interactions with fisheries.

Bottlenose Dolphin

    There are two distinct bottlenose dolphin morphotypes in the 
western North Atlantic: the coastal and offshore forms (Waring et al., 
2016). The offshore form is distributed primarily along the outer 
continental shelf and continental slope in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean 
from Georges Bank to the Florida Keys. The coastal morphotype is 
morphologically and genetically distinct from the larger, more robust 
morphotype that occupies habitats further offshore. Spatial 
distribution data, tag-telemetry studies, photo-ID studies and genetic 
studies demonstrate the existence of a distinct Northern Migratory 
stock of coastal bottlenose dolphins (Waring et al., 2014). During 
summer months (July-August), this stock occupies coastal waters from 
the shoreline to approximately the 25 m isobath between the Chesapeake 
Bay mouth and Long Island, New York; during winter months (January-
March), the stock occupies coastal waters from Cape Lookout, North 
Carolina, to the North Carolina/Virginia border (Waring et al., 2014). 
The Western North Atlantic northern migratory coastal stock and the 
Western North Atlantic offshore stock may be encountered by the 
proposed survey.
    The main threat to bottlenose dolphins is interactions with 
fisheries. Bottlenose dolphins are not listed as threatened or 
endangered under the ESA. The Western North Atlantic offshore stock is 
not a strategic stock under the MMPA, but the Northern Migratory 
Coastal Stock is a strategic stock under the MMPA due to the depleted 
listing under the MMPA.

Harbor Porpoise

    In the Lease Area, only the Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock may be 
present. This stock is found in U.S. and Canadian Atlantic waters and 
is concentrated in the northern Gulf of Maine and southern Bay of Fundy 
region, generally in waters less than 150 m deep (Waring et al., 2016). 
They are seen from the coastline to deep waters (>1800 m; Westgate et 
al. 1998), although the majority of the population is found over the 
continental shelf (Waring et al., 2016). The current abundance estimate 
for this stock is 79,883 (Hayes et al., 2017). The main threat to the 
species is interactions with fisheries, with documented take in the 
U.S. northeast sink gillnet, mid-Atlantic gillnet, and northeast bottom 
trawl fisheries and in the Canadian herring weir fisheries (Waring et 
al., 2016).

Harbor Seal

    The harbor seal is found in all nearshore waters of the North 
Atlantic and North Pacific Oceans and adjoining seas above about 
30[deg] N (Burns, 2009). In the western North Atlantic, harbor seals 
are distributed from the eastern Canadian Arctic and Greenland south to 
southern New England and New York, and occasionally to the Carolinas 
(Waring et al., 2016). Haulout and pupping sites are located off 
Manomet, MA and the Isles of Shoals, ME, but generally do not occur in 
areas in southern New England (Waring et al., 2016). The current 
abundance estimate for this stock is 75,834 (Hayes et al., 2017). The 
main threat to this species is interactions with fisheries.

Gray Seal

    There are three major populations of gray seals found in the world; 
eastern Canada (western North Atlantic stock), northwestern Europe and 
the Baltic Sea. Gray seals in the survey area belong to the western 
North Atlantic stock. The range for this stock is thought to be from 
New Jersey to Labrador. Though gray seals are not regularly sighted in 
Delaware their range has been expanding southward in recent years, and 
they have been observed recently as far south as the barrier islands of 
Virginia. Current population trends show that gray seal abundance is 
likely increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ (Waring et al., 2016). 
Although the rate of increase is unknown, surveys conducted since their 
arrival in the 1980s indicate a steady increase in abundance in both 
Maine and Massachusetts (Waring et al., 2016). It is believed that 
recolonization by Canadian gray seals is the source of the U.S. 
population (Waring et al., 2016).

Marine Mammal Hearing

    Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals 
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious 
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to 
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine 
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine 
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et 
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect 
this, Southall et al. (2007) recommended that marine mammals be divided 
into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or estimated 
hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response data, 
audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques, 
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements 
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes 
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016) described 
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups. 
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65 dB 
threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with the exception 
for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the lower bound was 
deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower bound from Southall 
et al. (2007) retained. The functional groups and the associated 
frequencies are indicated below (note that these frequency ranges 
correspond to the range for the composite group, with the entire range 
not necessarily reflecting the capabilities of every species within 
that group):
     Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing 
is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 35 
kilohertz (kHz);
     Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked 
whales, and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur 
between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
     High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and 
members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members 
of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data 
and genetic data): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between 
approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
     Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true seals): Generalized 
hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz to 86 kHz;
    The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et 
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species have 
consistently demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing 
compared to otariids, especially in the higher frequency range 
(Hemil[auml] et al., 2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 
2013).
    For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency 
ranges, please see NMFS (2016) for a review of available information. 
Eleven marine mammal species (nine cetacean and two pinniped (both 
phocid) species) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with the 
proposed survey activities. Please refer to Table 2. Of the cetacean 
species that may be present, five are classified as low-frequency 
cetaceans

[[Page 14426]]

(i.e., all mysticete species), six are classified as mid-frequency 
cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid species and the sperm whale), and one is 
classified as a high-frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor porpoise).

Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and 
their habitat. The ``Estimated Take'' section later in this document 
includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are 
expected to be taken by this activity. The ``Negligible Impact Analysis 
and Determination'' section considers the content of this section, the 
``Estimated Take'' section, and the ``Proposed Mitigation'' section, to 
draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on 
the reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those 
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or 
stocks.

Background on Sound

    Sound is a physical phenomenon consisting of minute vibrations that 
travel through a medium, such as air or water, and is generally 
characterized by several variables. Frequency describes the sound's 
pitch and is measured in Hz or kHz, while sound level describes the 
sound's intensity and is measured in decibels (dB). Sound level 
increases or decreases exponentially with each dB of change. The 
logarithmic nature of the scale means that each 10-dB increase is a 10-
fold increase in acoustic power (and a 20-dB increase is then a 100-
fold increase in power). A 10-fold increase in acoustic power does not 
mean that the sound is perceived as being 10 times louder, however. 
Sound levels are compared to a reference sound pressure (micro-Pascal) 
to identify the medium. For air and water, these reference pressures 
are ``re: 20 micro Pascals ([mu]Pa)'' and ``re: 1 [mu]Pa,'' 
respectively. Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound 
pressure over the duration of an impulse. Root mean square is 
calculated by squaring all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the 
squares, and then taking the square root of the average (Urick 1975). 
Root mean square accounts for both positive and negative values; 
squaring the pressures makes all values positive so that they may be 
accounted for in the summation of pressure levels. This measurement is 
often used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part 
because behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may 
be better expressed through averaged units rather than by peak 
pressures.
    When sound travels (propagates) from its source, its loudness 
decreases as the distance traveled by the sound increases. Thus, the 
loudness of a sound at its source is higher than the loudness of that 
same sound one km away. Acousticians often refer to the loudness of a 
sound at its source (typically referenced to one meter from the source) 
as the source level and the loudness of sound elsewhere as the received 
level (i.e., typically the receiver). For example, a humpback whale 3 
km from a device that has a source level of 230 dB may only be exposed 
to sound that is 160 dB loud, depending on how the sound travels 
through water (e.g., spherical spreading (6 dB reduction with doubling 
of distance) was used in this example). As a result, it is important to 
understand the difference between source levels and received levels 
when discussing the loudness of sound in the ocean or its impacts on 
the marine environment.
    As sound travels from a source, its propagation in water is 
influenced by various physical characteristics, including water 
temperature, depth, salinity, and surface and bottom properties that 
cause refraction, reflection, absorption, and scattering of sound 
waves. Oceans are not homogeneous and the contribution of each of these 
individual factors is extremely complex and interrelated. The physical 
characteristics that determine the sound's speed through the water will 
change with depth, season, geographic location, and with time of day 
(as a result, in actual active sonar operations, crews will measure 
oceanic conditions, such as sea water temperature and depth, to 
calibrate models that determine the path the sonar signal will take as 
it travels through the ocean and how strong the sound signal will be at 
a given range along a particular transmission path). As sound travels 
through the ocean, the intensity associated with the wavefront 
diminishes, or attenuates. This decrease in intensity is referred to as 
propagation loss, also commonly called transmission loss.

Acoustic Impacts

    Geophysical surveys may temporarily impact marine mammals in the 
area due to elevated in-water sound levels. Marine mammals are 
continually exposed to many sources of sound. Naturally occurring 
sounds such as lightning, rain, sub-sea earthquakes, and biological 
sounds (e.g., snapping shrimp, whale songs) are widespread throughout 
the world's oceans. Marine mammals produce sounds in various contexts 
and use sound for various biological functions including, but not 
limited to: (1) Social interactions; (2) foraging; (3) orientation; and 
(4) predator detection. Interference with producing or receiving these 
sounds may result in adverse impacts. Audible distance, or received 
levels of sound depend on the nature of the sound source, ambient noise 
conditions, and the sensitivity of the receptor to the sound 
(Richardson et al., 1995). Type and significance of marine mammal 
reactions to sound are likely dependent on a variety of factors 
including, but not limited to, (1) the behavioral state of the animal 
(e.g., feeding, traveling, etc.); (2) frequency of the sound; (3) 
distance between the animal and the source; and (4) the level of the 
sound relative to ambient conditions (Southall et al., 2007).
    When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the 
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds 
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Current 
data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing 
capabilities (Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and 
Hastings, 2008).
    Animals are less sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of their 
functional hearing range and are more sensitive to a range of 
frequencies within the middle of their functional hearing range. For 
mid-frequency cetaceans, functional hearing estimates occur between 
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz with best hearing estimated to occur 
between approximately 10 to less than 100 kHz (Finneran et al., 2005 
and 2009, Natchtigall et al., 2005 and 2008; Yuen et al., 2005; Popov 
et al., 2011; and Schlundt et al., 2011).

Hearing Impairment

    Marine mammals may experience temporary or permanent hearing 
impairment when exposed to loud sounds. Hearing impairment is 
classified by temporary threshold shift (TTS) and permanent threshold 
shift (PTS). PTS is considered auditory injury (Southall et al., 2007) 
and occurs in a specific frequency range and amount. Irreparable damage 
to the inner or outer cochlear hair cells may cause PTS; however, other 
mechanisms are also involved, such as exceeding the elastic limits of 
certain tissues and membranes in the middle and inner ears and 
resultant changes in the chemical composition of the inner ear fluids 
(Southall et al., 2007). There are no empirical data for onset of PTS 
in any marine mammal; therefore, PTS-onset

[[Page 14427]]

must be estimated from TTS-onset measurements and from the rate of TTS 
growth with increasing exposure levels above the level eliciting TTS-
onset. PTS is presumed to be likely if the hearing threshold is reduced 
by >= 40 dB (that is, 40 dB of TTS).
    TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during 
exposure to a loud sound (Kryter 1985). While experiencing TTS, the 
hearing threshold rises and a sound must be stronger in order to be 
heard. At least in terrestrial mammals, TTS can last from minutes or 
hours to (in cases of strong TTS) days, can be limited to a particular 
frequency range, and can occur to varying degrees (i.e., a loss of a 
certain number of dBs of sensitivity). For sound exposures at or 
somewhat above the TTS threshold, hearing sensitivity in both 
terrestrial and marine mammals recovers rapidly after exposure to the 
noise ends.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics and in interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to 
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate 
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency 
range that takes place during a time when the animals is traveling 
through the open ocean, where ambient noise is lower and there are not 
as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger amount and 
longer duration of TTS sustained during a time when communication is 
critical for successful mother/calf interactions could have more 
serious impacts if it were in the same frequency band as the necessary 
vocalizations and of a severity that it impeded communication. The fact 
that animals exposed to levels and durations of sound that would be 
expected to result in this physiological response would also be 
expected to have behavioral responses of a comparatively more severe or 
sustained nature is also notable and potentially of more importance 
than the simple existence of a TTS.
    Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans 
(bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus leucas), harbor 
porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Neophocaena phocaenoides)) and 
three species of pinnipeds (northern elephant seal (Mirounga 
angustirostris), harbor seal, and California sea lion (Zalophus 
californianus)) exposed to a limited number of sound sources (i.e., 
mostly tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings (e.g., 
Finneran et al., 2002 and 2010; Nachtigall et al., 2004; Kastak et al., 
2005; Lucke et al., 2009; Mooney et al., 2009; Popov et al., 2011; 
Finneran and Schlundt, 2010). In general, harbor seals (Kastak et al., 
2005; Kastelein et al., 2012a) and harbor porpoises (Lucke et al., 
2009; Kastelein et al., 2012b) have a lower TTS onset than other 
measured pinniped or cetacean species. However, even for these animals, 
which are better able to hear higher frequencies and may be more 
sensitive to higher frequencies, exposures on the order of 
approximately 170 dB rms or higher for brief transient signals are 
likely required for even temporary (recoverable) changes in hearing 
sensitivity that would likely not be categorized as physiologically 
damaging (Lucke et al., 2009). Additionally, the existing marine mammal 
TTS data come from a limited number of individuals within these 
species. There are no data available on noise-induced hearing loss for 
mysticetes. For summaries of data on TTS in marine mammals or for 
further discussion of TTS onset thresholds, please see Finneran (2016).
    Scientific literature highlights the inherent complexity of 
predicting TTS onset in marine mammals, as well as the importance of 
considering exposure duration when assessing potential impacts (Mooney 
et al., 2009a, 2009b; Kastak et al., 2007). Generally, with sound 
exposures of equal energy, quieter sounds (lower sound pressure levels 
(SPL)) of longer duration were found to induce TTS onset more than 
louder sounds (higher SPL) of shorter duration (more similar to sub-
bottom profilers). For intermittent sounds, less threshold shift will 
occur than from a continuous exposure with the same energy (some 
recovery will occur between intermittent exposures) (Kryter et al., 
1966; Ward 1997). For sound exposures at or somewhat above the TTS-
onset threshold, hearing sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to 
the sound ends; intermittent exposures recover faster in comparison 
with continuous exposures of the same duration (Finneran et al., 2010). 
NMFS considers TTS as Level B harassment that is mediated by 
physiological effects on the auditory system.
    Animals in the Lease Area during the HRG survey are unlikely to 
incur TTS hearing impairment due to the characteristics of the sound 
sources, which include low source levels (208 to 221 dB re 1 [micro]Pa-
m) and generally very short pulses and duration of the sound. Even for 
high-frequency cetacean species (e.g., harbor porpoises), which may 
have increased sensitivity to TTS (Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein et 
al., 2012b), individuals would have to make a very close approach and 
also remain very close to vessels operating these sources in order to 
receive multiple exposures at relatively high levels, as would be 
necessary to cause TTS. Intermittent exposures--as would occur due to 
the brief, transient signals produced by these sources--require a 
higher cumulative SEL to induce TTS than would continuous exposures of 
the same duration (i.e., intermittent exposure results in lower levels 
of TTS) (Mooney et al., 2009a; Finneran et al., 2010). Moreover, most 
marine mammals would more likely avoid a loud sound source rather than 
swim in such close proximity as to result in TTS. Kremser et al. (2005) 
noted that the probability of a cetacean swimming through the area of 
exposure when a sub-bottom profiler emits a pulse is small--because if 
the animal was in the area, it would have to pass the transducer at 
close range in order to be subjected to sound levels that could cause 
TTS and would likely exhibit avoidance behavior to the area near the 
transducer rather than swim through at such a close range. Further, the 
restricted beam shape of the sub-bottom profiler and other HRG survey 
equipment makes it unlikely that an animal would be exposed more than 
briefly during the passage of the vessel. Boebel et al. (2005) 
concluded similarly for single and multibeam echosounders and, more 
recently, Lurton (2016) conducted a modeling exercise and concluded 
similarly that likely potential for acoustic injury from these types of 
systems is negligible but that behavioral response cannot be ruled out. 
Animals may avoid the area around the survey vessels, thereby reducing 
exposure. Any disturbance to marine mammals is likely to be in the form 
of temporary avoidance or alteration of opportunistic foraging behavior 
near the survey location.

Masking

    Masking is the obscuring of sounds of interest to an animal by 
other sounds, typically at similar frequencies. Marine mammals are 
highly dependent on sound, and their ability to recognize sound signals 
amid other sound is important in communication and detection of both 
predators and prey (Tyack 2000). Background ambient sound may interfere 
with or mask the ability of an animal to detect a sound signal even 
when that signal is above its absolute hearing threshold. Even in the

[[Page 14428]]

absence of anthropogenic sound, the marine environment is often loud. 
Natural ambient sound includes contributions from wind, waves, 
precipitation, other animals, and (at frequencies above 30 kHz) thermal 
sound resulting from molecular agitation (Richardson et al., 1995).
    Background sound may also include anthropogenic sound, and masking 
of natural sounds can result when human activities produce high levels 
of background sound. Conversely, if the background level of underwater 
sound is high (e.g., on a day with strong wind and high waves), an 
anthropogenic sound source would not be detectable as far away as would 
be possible under quieter conditions and would itself be masked. 
Ambient sound is highly variable on continental shelves (Myrberg 1978; 
Desharnais et al., 1999). This results in a high degree of variability 
in the range at which marine mammals can detect anthropogenic sounds.
    Although masking is a phenomenon which may occur naturally, the 
introduction of loud anthropogenic sounds into the marine environment 
at frequencies important to marine mammals increases the severity and 
frequency of occurrence of masking. For example, if a baleen whale is 
exposed to continuous low-frequency sound from an industrial source, 
this would reduce the size of the area around that whale within which 
it can hear the calls of another whale. The components of background 
noise that are similar in frequency to the signal in question primarily 
determine the degree of masking of that signal. In general, little is 
known about the degree to which marine mammals rely upon detection of 
sounds from conspecifics, predators, prey, or other natural sources. In 
the absence of specific information about the importance of detecting 
these natural sounds, it is not possible to predict the impact of 
masking on marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). In general, 
masking effects are expected to be less severe when sounds are 
transient than when they are continuous. Masking is typically of 
greater concern for those marine mammals that utilize low-frequency 
communications, such as baleen whales, because of how far low-frequency 
sounds propagate. Marine mammal communications would not likely be 
masked appreciably by the signals from HRG survey equipment given the 
directionality of the signals and the brief period when an individual 
mammal is likely to be within its beam.

Non-Auditory Physical Effects (Stress)

    Classic stress responses begin when an animal's central nervous 
system perceives a potential threat to its homeostasis. That perception 
triggers stress responses regardless of whether a stimulus actually 
threatens the animal; the mere perception of a threat is sufficient to 
trigger a stress response (Moberg 2000; Seyle 1950). Once an animal's 
central nervous system perceives a threat, it mounts a biological 
response or defense that consists of a combination of the four general 
biological defense responses: behavioral responses, autonomic nervous 
system responses, neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses.
    In the case of many stressors, an animal's first and sometimes most 
economical (in terms of biotic costs) response is behavioral avoidance 
of the potential stressor or avoidance of continued exposure to a 
stressor. An animal's second line of defense to stressors involves the 
sympathetic part of the autonomic nervous system and the classical 
``fight or flight'' response which includes the cardiovascular system, 
the gastrointestinal system, the exocrine glands, and the adrenal 
medulla to produce changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity that humans commonly associate with 
``stress.'' These responses have a relatively short duration and may or 
may not have significant long-term effect on an animal's welfare.
    An animal's third line of defense to stressors involves its 
neuroendocrine systems; the system that has received the most study has 
been the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal system (also known as the HPA 
axis in mammals). Unlike stress responses associated with the autonomic 
nervous system, virtually all neuro-endocrine functions that are 
affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction, 
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been 
implicated in failed reproduction (Moberg 1987; Rivier 1995), altered 
metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000), reduced immune competence (Blecha 
2000), and behavioral disturbance. Increases in the circulation of 
glucocorticosteroids (cortisol, corticosterone, and aldosterone in 
marine mammals; see Romano et al., 2004) have been equated with stress 
for many years.
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and distress is the biotic cost 
of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen 
stores that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. 
In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose a 
risk to the animal's welfare. However, when an animal does not have 
sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress 
response, energy resources must be diverted from other biotic function, 
which impairs those functions that experience the diversion. For 
example, when mounting a stress response diverts energy away from 
growth in young animals, those animals may experience stunted growth. 
When mounting a stress response diverts energy from a fetus, an 
animal's reproductive success and its fitness will suffer. In these 
cases, the animals will have entered a pre-pathological or pathological 
state which is called ``distress'' (Seyle 1950) or ``allostatic 
loading'' (McEwen and Wingfield 2003). This pathological state will 
last until the animal replenishes its biotic reserves sufficient to 
restore normal function. Note that these examples involved a long-term 
(days or weeks) stress response exposure to stimuli.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses have also been documented 
fairly well through controlled experiments; because this physiology 
exists in every vertebrate that has been studied, it is not surprising 
that stress responses and their costs have been documented in both 
laboratory and free-living animals (for examples see, Holberton et al., 
1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al., 2004; 
Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer, 
2000). Information has also been collected on the physiological 
responses of marine mammals to exposure to anthropogenic sounds (Fair 
and Becker 2000; Romano et al., 2002). For example, Rolland et al. 
(2012) found that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay 
of Fundy was associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right 
whales.
    Studies of other marine animals and terrestrial animals would also 
lead us to expect some marine mammals to experience physiological 
stress responses and, perhaps, physiological responses that would be 
classified as ``distress'' upon exposure to high frequency, mid-
frequency and low-frequency sounds. For example, Jansen (1998) reported 
on the relationship between acoustic exposures and physiological 
responses that are indicative of stress responses in humans (for 
example, elevated respiration and

[[Page 14429]]

increased heart rates). Jones (1998) reported on reductions in human 
performance when faced with acute, repetitive exposures to acoustic 
disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998) reported on the physiological stress 
responses of osprey to low-level aircraft noise while Krausman et al. 
(2004) reported on the auditory and physiology stress responses of 
endangered Sonoran pronghorn to military overflights. Smith et al. 
(2004a, 2004b), for example, identified noise-induced physiological 
transient stress responses in hearing-specialist fish (i.e., goldfish) 
that accompanied short- and long-term hearing losses. Welch and Welch 
(1970) reported physiological and behavioral stress responses that 
accompanied damage to the inner ears of fish and several mammals.
    Hearing is one of the primary senses marine mammals use to gather 
information about their environment and to communicate with 
conspecifics. Although empirical information on the relationship 
between sensory impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic masking) on marine 
mammals remains limited, it seems reasonable to assume that reducing an 
animal's ability to gather information about its environment and to 
communicate with other members of its species would be stressful for 
animals that use hearing as their primary sensory mechanism. Therefore, 
we assume that acoustic exposures sufficient to trigger onset PTS or 
TTS would be accompanied by physiological stress responses because 
terrestrial animals exhibit those responses under similar conditions 
(NRC 2003). More importantly, marine mammals might experience stress 
responses at received levels lower than those necessary to trigger 
onset TTS. Based on empirical studies of the time required to recover 
from stress responses (Moberg 2000), we also assume that stress 
responses are likely to persist beyond the time interval required for 
animals to recover from TTS and might result in pathological and pre-
pathological states that would be as significant as behavioral 
responses to TTS.
    In general, there are few data on the potential for strong, 
anthropogenic underwater sounds to cause non-auditory physical effects 
in marine mammals. The available data do not allow identification of a 
specific exposure level above which non-auditory effects can be 
expected (Southall et al., 2007). There is no definitive evidence that 
any of these effects occur even for marine mammals in close proximity 
to an anthropogenic sound source. In addition, marine mammals that show 
behavioral avoidance of survey vessels and related sound sources are 
unlikely to incur non-auditory impairment or other physical effects. 
NMFS does not expect that the generally short-term, intermittent, and 
transitory HRG and geotechnical activities would create conditions of 
long-term, continuous noise and chronic acoustic exposure leading to 
long-term physiological stress responses in marine mammals.

Behavioral Disturbance

    Behavioral disturbance may include a variety of effects, including 
subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance of an area 
or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous changes in similar 
behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or potentially severe 
reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment of high-quality 
habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly variable and context-
specific and any reactions depend on numerous intrinsic and extrinsic 
factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, experience, current 
activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, time of day), as 
well as the interplay between factors (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; 
Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart, 2007; Archer et 
al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not only among individuals 
but also within an individual, depending on previous experience with a 
sound source, context, and numerous other factors (Ellison et al., 
2012), and can vary depending on characteristics associated with the 
sound source (e.g., whether it is moving or stationary, number of 
sources, distance from the source). Please see Appendices B-C of 
Southall et al. (2007) for a review of studies involving marine mammal 
behavioral responses to sound.
    Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes 
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated 
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to 
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that 
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in 
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor 
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to 
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is 
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent 
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of 
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response. 
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral 
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are 
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al., 
1995; NRC 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with 
captive marine mammals have shown pronounced behavioral reactions, 
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; 
Finneran et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild marine mammals to 
loud, pulsed sound sources (typically seismic airguns or acoustic 
harassment devices) have been varied but often consist of avoidance 
behavior or other behavioral changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and 
Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
    Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater 
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given 
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving 
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater 
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts 
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let 
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces 
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a 
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be 
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart 2007; NRC 2005). 
However, there are broad categories of potential response, which we 
describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive 
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing, 
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
    Changes in dive behavior can vary widely and may consist of 
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as 
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel 
and Clark 2000; Costa et al., 2003; Ng and Leung 2003; Nowacek et al., 
2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b). Variations in dive behavior may 
reflect interruptions in biologically significant activities (e.g., 
foraging) or they may be of little biological significance. The impact 
of an alteration to dive behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure 
depends on what the animal is doing at the time of the exposure and the 
type and magnitude of the response.
    Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with 
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed 
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary 
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive

[[Page 14430]]

behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency, 
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as 
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to 
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al., 
2001; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al., 
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness 
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic 
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between 
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history 
stage of the animal.
    Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors 
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure 
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a 
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates 
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute 
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may 
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and 
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in 
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise 
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic 
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005b, 2006; Gailey et 
al., 2007).
    Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple 
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and 
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic 
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to 
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased 
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of 
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have 
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al., 
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales 
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward 
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic 
noise (Parks et al., 2007b). In some cases, animals may cease sound 
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
    Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or 
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other 
stressors and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance 
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales 
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory 
paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys (Malme et al., 
1984). Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area 
once the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold 1996; Stone 
et al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-
term displacement is possible, however, which may lead to changes in 
abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species in the 
affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does not 
occur (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et 
al., 2006).
    A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a 
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound 
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in 
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of 
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine 
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight 
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and 
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from 
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the 
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings 
(Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to 
a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and 
Reeves, 2008) and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may 
influence the response.
    Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more 
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to 
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of 
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to 
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects 
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies 
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased 
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and 
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford, 2011). In 
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through 
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent 
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington 
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However, 
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose 
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any 
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
    Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, 
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption 
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound 
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one 
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007). 
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not 
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe 
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et 
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day 
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic 
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple 
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either 
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further, 
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive 
behavioral responses.
    Marine mammals are likely to avoid the HRG survey activity, 
especially the naturally shy harbor porpoise, while the harbor seals 
might be attracted to them out of curiosity. However, because the sub-
bottom profilers and other HRG survey equipment operate from a moving 
vessel, and the maximum radius to the Level B harassment threshold is 
relatively small, the area and time that this equipment would be 
affecting a given location is very small. Further, once an area has 
been surveyed, it is not likely that it will be surveyed again, thereby 
reducing the likelihood of repeated HRG-related impacts within the 
survey area.
    We have also considered the potential for severe behavioral 
responses such as stranding and associated indirect injury or mortality 
from GSOE's use of HRG survey equipment, on the basis of a 2008 mass 
stranding of approximately 100 melon-headed whales in a Madagascar 
lagoon system. An investigation of the event indicated that use of a 
high-frequency mapping system (12-kHz multibeam echosounder) was the 
most plausible and likely initial behavioral trigger of the event, 
while providing the caveat that there is no unequivocal and easily 
identifiable single cause (Southall et al., 2013). The investigatory 
panel's conclusion was based on (1) very close temporal and spatial 
association and directed movement of the survey with the stranding 
event; (2) the unusual nature of such an event coupled with previously 
documented apparent behavioral sensitivity of the species to

[[Page 14431]]

other sound types (Southall et al., 2006; Brownell et al., 2009); and 
(3) the fact that all other possible factors considered were determined 
to be unlikely causes. Specifically, regarding survey patterns prior to 
the event and in relation to bathymetry, the vessel transited in a 
north-south direction on the shelf break parallel to the shore, 
ensonifying large areas of deep-water habitat prior to operating 
intermittently in a concentrated area offshore from the stranding site; 
this may have trapped the animals between the sound source and the 
shore, thus driving them towards the lagoon system. The investigatory 
panel systematically excluded or deemed highly unlikely nearly all 
potential reasons for these animals leaving their typical pelagic 
habitat for an area extremely atypical for the species (i.e., a shallow 
lagoon system). Notably, this was the first time that such a system has 
been associated with a stranding event. The panel also noted several 
site- and situation-specific secondary factors that may have 
contributed to the avoidance responses that led to the eventual 
entrapment and mortality of the whales. Specifically, shoreward-
directed surface currents and elevated chlorophyll levels in the area 
preceding the event may have played a role (Southall et al., 2013). The 
report also notes that prior use of a similar system in the general 
area may have sensitized the animals and also concluded that, for 
odontocete cetaceans that hear well in higher frequency ranges where 
ambient noise is typically quite low, high-power active sonars 
operating in this range may be more easily audible and have potential 
effects over larger areas than low frequency systems that have more 
typically been considered in terms of anthropogenic noise impacts. It 
is, however, important to note that the relatively lower output 
frequency, higher output power, and complex nature of the system 
implicated in this event, in context of the other factors noted here, 
likely produced a fairly unusual set of circumstances that indicate 
that such events would likely remain rare and are not necessarily 
relevant to use of lower-power, higher-frequency systems more commonly 
used for HRG survey applications. The risk of similar events recurring 
may be very low, given the extensive use of active acoustic systems 
used for scientific and navigational purposes worldwide on a daily 
basis and the lack of direct evidence of such responses previously 
reported.

Tolerance

    Numerous studies have shown that underwater sounds from industrial 
activities are often readily detectable by marine mammals in the water 
at distances of many km. However, other studies have shown that marine 
mammals at distances more than a few km away often show no apparent 
response to industrial activities of various types (Miller et al., 
2005). This is often true even in cases when the sounds must be readily 
audible to the animals based on measured received levels and the 
hearing sensitivity of that mammal group. Although various baleen 
whales, toothed whales, and (less frequently) pinnipeds have been shown 
to react behaviorally to underwater sound from sources such as airgun 
pulses or vessels under some conditions, at other times, mammals of all 
three types have shown no overt reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986; 
Richardson et al., 1995; Madsen and Mohl 2000; Croll et al., 2001; 
Jacobs and Terhune 2002; Madsen et al., 2002; Miller et al., 2005). In 
general, pinnipeds seem to be more tolerant of exposure to some types 
of underwater sound than are baleen whales. Richardson et al. (1995) 
found that vessel sound does not seem to affect pinnipeds that are 
already in the water. Richardson et al. (1995) went on to explain that 
seals on haul-outs sometimes respond strongly to the presence of 
vessels and at other times appear to show considerable tolerance of 
vessels, and Brueggeman et al. (1992) observed ringed seals (Pusa 
hispida) hauled out on ice pans displaying short-term escape reactions 
when a ship approached within 0.16-0.31 miles (0.25-0.5 km). Due to the 
relatively high vessel traffic in the Lease Area it is possible that 
marine mammals are habituated to noise (e.g., DP thrusters) from 
project vessels in the area.

Vessel Strike

    Ship strikes of marine mammals can cause major wounds, which may 
lead to the death of the animal. An animal at the surface could be 
struck directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal could hit the bottom of 
a vessel, or a vessel's propeller could injure an animal just below the 
surface. The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and 
speed of the vessel (Knowlton and Kraus 2001; Laist et al., 2001; 
Vanderlaan and Taggart 2007).
    The most vulnerable marine mammals are those that spend extended 
periods of time at the surface in order to restore oxygen levels within 
their tissues after deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In addition, 
some baleen whales, such as the North Atlantic right whale, seem 
generally unresponsive to vessel sound, making them more susceptible to 
vessel collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These species are primarily 
large, slow moving whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g., bottlenose 
dolphin) move quickly through the water column and are often seen 
riding the bow wave of large ships. Marine mammal responses to vessels 
may include avoidance and changes in dive pattern (NRC 2003).
    An examination of all known ship strikes from all shipping sources 
(civilian and military) indicates vessel speed is a principal factor in 
whether a vessel strike results in death (Knowlton and Kraus 2001; 
Laist et al., 2001; Jensen and Silber 2003; Vanderlaan and Taggart 
2007). In assessing records with known vessel speeds, Laist et al. 
(2001) found a direct relationship between the occurrence of a whale 
strike and the speed of the vessel involved in the collision. The 
authors concluded that most deaths occurred when a vessel was traveling 
in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9 mph; 13 knots (kn)). Given the slow vessel 
speeds and predictable course necessary for data acquisition, ship 
strike is unlikely to occur during the geophysical and geotechnical 
surveys. Marine mammals would be able to easily avoid the survey vessel 
due to the slow vessel speed. Further, GSOE would implement measures 
(e.g., protected species monitoring, vessel speed restrictions and 
separation distances; see Proposed Mitigation Measures) set forth in 
the BOEM lease to reduce the risk of a vessel strike to marine mammal 
species in the survey area.

Marine Mammal Habitat

    The HRG survey equipment will not contact the seafloor and does not 
represent a source of pollution. We are not aware of any available 
literature on impacts to marine mammal prey from HRG survey equipment. 
However, as the HRG survey equipment introduces noise to the marine 
environment, there is the potential for it to result in avoidance of 
the area around the HRG survey activities on the part of marine mammal 
prey. Any avoidance of the area on the part of marine mammal prey would 
be expected to be short term and temporary.
    Because of the temporary nature of the disturbance, and the 
availability of similar habitat and resources (e.g., prey species) in 
the surrounding area, the impacts to marine mammals and the food 
sources that they utilize are not expected to cause significant or 
long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or their 
populations.

[[Page 14432]]

Impacts on marine mammal habitat from the proposed activities will be 
temporary, insignificant, and discountable.

Estimated Take

    This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes 
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both 
NMFS' consideration of ``small numbers'' and the negligible impact 
determination.
    Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these 
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent 
here, the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of pursuit, torment, 
or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering (Level B harassment).
    Authorized takes would be by Level B harassment, as use of the HRG 
equipment has the potential to result in disruption of behavioral 
patterns for individual marine mammals. NMFS has determined take by 
Level A harassment is not an expected outcome of the proposed activity; 
and, thus, we do not propose to authorize the take of any marine 
mammals by Level A harassment. This is discussed in greater detail 
below. As described previously, no mortality or serious injury is 
anticipated or proposed to be authorized for this activity. Below we 
describe how the take is estimated for this project.
    Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: 
(1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available 
science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur 
some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of 
water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the 
density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; 
and (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these 
components in more detail and present the proposed take estimate.

Acoustic Thresholds

    NMFS uses acoustic thresholds that identify the received level of 
underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably 
expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or 
to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
    Level B Harassment--Though significantly driven by received level, 
the onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise exposure 
is also informed to varying degrees by other factors related to the 
sound source (e.g., frequency, predictability, duty cycle); the 
environment (e.g., bathymetry); and the receiving animals (hearing, 
motivation, experience, demography, behavioral context); therefore can 
be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison et al., 2011). 
NMFS uses a generalized acoustic threshold based on received level to 
estimate the onset of Level B (behavioral) harassment. NMFS predicts 
that marine mammals may be behaviorally harassed when exposed to 
underwater anthropogenic noise above received levels 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa 
(rms) for non-explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic HRG equipment) or 
intermittent (e.g., scientific sonar) sources. GSOE's proposed activity 
includes the use of impulsive sources. Therefore, the 160 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa (rms) criteria is applicable for analysis of Level B harassment.
    Level A harassment--NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the 
Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing (NMFS 2016) 
identifies dual criteria to assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) 
to five different marine mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) 
as a result of exposure to noise from two different types of sources 
(impulsive or non-impulsive). The Technical Guidance identifies the 
received levels, or thresholds, above which individual marine mammals 
are predicted to experience changes in their hearing sensitivity for 
all underwater anthropogenic sound sources, reflects the best available 
science, and better predicts the potential for auditory injury than 
does NMFS' historical criteria.
    These thresholds were developed by compiling and synthesizing the 
best available science and soliciting input multiple times from both 
the public and peer reviewers to inform the final product, and are 
provided in Table 3 below. The references, analysis, and methodology 
used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016 
Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/guidelines.htm. As described above, GSOE's proposed activity 
includes the use of intermittent and impulsive sources.

            Table 3--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift in Marine Mammals
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  PTS onset thresholds
            Hearing group             --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Impulsive *                          Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans.........  Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h:   LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                        183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans.........  Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h:   LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                        185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans........  Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h:   LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                        155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater)...  Lpk,flat: 218 dB; LE,PW,24h:   LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                        185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater)..  Lpk,flat: 232 dB; LE,OW,24h:   LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
                                        203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
  calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
  thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [mu]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has
  a reference value of 1[mu]Pa2s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National
  Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as incorporating
  frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ``flat'' is
  being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized
  hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the
  designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and
  that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could be
  exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it
  is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
  exceeded.


[[Page 14433]]

Ensonified Area

    Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the 
activity that will feed into estimating the area ensonified above the 
acoustic thresholds.
    The proposed survey would entail the use of HRG survey equipment. 
The distance to the isopleth corresponding to the threshold for Level B 
harassment was calculated for all HRG survey equipment with the 
potential to result in harassment of marine mammals using the spherical 
transmission loss (TL) equation: TL = 20log10r. Results of 
acoustic modeling indicated that, of the HRG survey equipment planned 
for use that has the potential to result in harassment of marine 
mammals, the AA Dura Spark would be expected to produce sound that 
would propagate the furthest in the water (Table 4); therefore, for the 
purposes of the take calculation, it was assumed the AA Dura Spark 
would be active during the entirety of the survey. Thus the distance to 
the isopleth corresponding to the threshold for Level B harassment for 
the AA Dura Spark (estimated at 447 m; Table 4) was used as the basis 
of the Level B take calculation for all marine mammals.

Table 4--Modeled Radial Distances From HRG Survey Equipment to Isopleths
              Corresponding to Level B Harassment Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Radial distance
                                                         (m) to Level B
                      HRG system                           harassment
                                                       threshold (160 dB
                                                          re 1 [mu]Pa)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
TB Chirp.............................................              70.79
EdgeTech Chirp.......................................               6.31
AA Boomer............................................               5.62
AA S-Boom............................................             141.25
Bubble Gun...........................................               63.1
800J Spark...........................................             141.25
AA Dura Spark........................................             446.69
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Predicted distances to Level A harassment isopleths, which vary 
based on marine mammal functional hearing groups (Table 5), were also 
calculated by GSOE. The updated acoustic thresholds for impulsive 
sounds (such as HRG survey equipment) contained in the Technical 
Guidance (NMFS, 2016) were presented as dual metric acoustic thresholds 
using both SELcum and peak sound pressure level metrics. As 
dual metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A harassment) to have 
occurred when either one of the two metrics is exceeded (i.e., metric 
resulting in the largest isopleth). The SELcum metric 
considers both level and duration of exposure, as well as auditory 
weighting functions by marine mammal hearing group. In recognition of 
the fact that calculating Level A harassment ensonified areas could be 
more technically challenging to predict due to the duration component 
and the use of weighting functions in the new SELcum 
thresholds, NMFS developed an optional User Spreadsheet that includes 
tools to help predict a simple isopleth that can be used in conjunction 
with marine mammal density or occurrence to facilitate the estimation 
of take numbers. GSOE used the NMFS optional User Spreadsheet to 
calculate distances to Level A harassment isopleths based on 
SELcum and used the spherical spreading loss model (similar 
to the method used to calculate Level B isopleths as described above) 
to calculate distances to Level A harassment isopleths based on peak 
pressure. Modeling of distances to isopleths corresponding to Level A 
harassment was performed for all types of HRG equipment planned for use 
with the potential to result in harassment of marine mammals. Of the 
HRG equipment types modeled, the AA Dura Spark resulted in the largest 
distances to isopleths corresponding to Level A harassment for all 
marine mammal functional hearing groups; therefore, to be conservative, 
the isopleths modeled for the AA Dura Spark were used to estimate 
potential Level A take. Modeled distances to isopleths corresponding to 
Level A harassment thresholds for the AA Dura Spark are shown in Table 
5 (modeled distances to Level A harassment isopleths for all other 
types of HRG equipment planned for use are shown in Table 6 of the IHA 
application).

 Table 5--Modeled Radial Distances to Isopleths Corresponding to Level A
                          Harassment Thresholds
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Distance to
      Functional hearing group  (Level A harassment           Level A
                       thresholds)                         isopleth  (m)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low harassmentfrequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 219 dB;            \1\ 6.57
 LE,LF,24h: 183 dB).....................................
Mid frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h:           \1\ 0.04
 185 dB)................................................
High frequency cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h:         \2\ 25.12
 155 dB)................................................
Phocid Pinnipeds (Underwater) (Lpk,flat: 218 dB;                \2\ 1.78
 LE,HF,24h: 185 dB).....................................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: Distances to isopleths shown are the greater of the two distances
  calculated based on the dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive
  sounds (SELcum and peak SPL). ``1'' indicates distance is based on
  SELcum, ``2'' indicates distance is based on peak SPL.

    Due to the small estimated distances to Level A harassment 
thresholds for all marine mammal functional hearing groups, based on 
both SELcum and peak SPL (Table 5), and in consideration of 
the proposed mitigation measures (see the Proposed Mitigation section 
for more detail), NMFS has determined that the likelihood of Level A 
take of marine mammals occurring as a result of the proposed survey is 
so low as to be discountable.
    We note that because of some of the assumptions included in the 
methods used, isopleths produced may be overestimates to some degree. 
Most of the acoustic sources proposed for use in GSOE's survey 
(including the AA Dura-Spark) do not radiate sound equally in all 
directions but were designed instead to focus acoustic energy directly 
toward the sea floor. Therefore, the acoustic energy produced by these 
sources is not received equally in all directions around the source but 
is instead concentrated along some narrower plane depending on the 
beamwidth of the source. However, the calculated distances to isopleths 
do not account for this directionality of the sound source and are 
therefore conservative. For mobile sources, such as the proposed 
survey, the User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which a 
stationary animal would not incur PTS if the sound source traveled by 
the animal in a straight line at a constant speed.

Marine Mammal Occurrence

    In this section we provide the information about the presence, 
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take 
calculations.
    The best available scientific information was considered in 
calculating marine mammal exposure estimates (the basis for estimating 
take). For cetacean species, densities calculated by Roberts et al. 
(2016) were used. The density data presented by

[[Page 14434]]

Roberts et al. (2016) incorporates aerial and shipboard line-transect 
survey data from NMFS and from other organizations collected over the 
period 1992-2014. Roberts et al. (2016) modeled density from 8 
physiographic and 16 dynamic oceanographic and biological covariates, 
and controlled for the influence of sea state, group size, availability 
bias, and perception bias on the probability of making a sighting. NMFS 
considers the models produced by Roberts et al. (2016) to be the best 
available source of data regarding cetacean densities for this project. 
More information, including the model results and supplementary 
information for each model, is available online at: 
seamap.env.duke.edu/models/Duke-EC-GOM-2015/.
    For the purposes of the take calculations, density data from 
Roberts et al. (2016) were mapped using a geographic information system 
(GIS), using density data for the months May through December. Mean 
density per month for each species within the survey area was 
calculated by selecting 11 random raster cells selected from 100 km\2\ 
grid cells that were inside the Delaware Wind Energy Area (WEA) and an 
additional buffer of 10 km outside the WEA boundary (see Figure 1 in 
the IHA application). Estimates provided by the models are based on a 
grid cell size of 100 km\2\; therefore, model grid cell values were 
then divided by 100 to determine animals per square km. Data from the 
months of May and December were not included from the estimates as GSOE 
expects that the proposed survey is very likely to occur during the 
summer and fall, and it is very unlikely that surveys will occur in May 
and December; therefore, months were selected for the density 
calculation that were expected to be most representative of actual 
marine mammal densities that would be encountered by the proposed 
survey and to avoid the potential for density estimates to be skewed by 
data for months that are less likely be actively surveyed.
    Systematic, offshore, at-sea survey data for pinnipeds are more 
limited than those for cetaceans. The best available information 
concerning pinniped densities in the proposed survey area is the U.S. 
Navy's Operating Area (OPAREA) Density Estimates (NODEs) (DoN, 2007). 
These density models utilized vessel-based and aerial survey data 
collected by NMFS from 1998-2005 during broad-scale abundance studies. 
Modeling methodology is detailed in DoN (2007). For the purposes of the 
take calculations, NODEs Density Estimates (DoN, 2007) as reported for 
the summer and fall seasons in the ``Mid Atlantic'' area were used to 
estimate harbor seal densities. NODEs reports a density value of 0 for 
gray seals throughout the year in the ``Mid Atlantic'' area; however, 
the survey data used to develop the OPAREA Density Estimates for gray 
seal are nearly 20 years old; and, based on the best available 
information (Hayes et al., 2018), gray seals are expected to occur in 
the survey area, especially during the fall months. Therefore, density 
data for harbor seals for the summer and fall seasons in the ``Mid 
Atlantic'' area were used to estimate gray seal density in the survey 
area. We acknowledge that this probably represents a conservative 
approach to estimating gray seal density in the survey area, however 
this approach is based on the best available information.

Take Calculation and Estimation

    Here we describe how the information provided above is brought 
together to produce a quantitative take estimate.
    In order to estimate the number of marine mammals predicted to be 
exposed to sound levels that would result in harassment, radial 
distances to predicted isopleths corresponding to harassment thresholds 
are calculated, as described above. Those distances are then used to 
calculate the area(s) around the HRG survey equipment predicted to be 
ensonified to sound levels that exceed harassment thresholds. The area 
estimated to be ensonified to relevant thresholds in a single day of 
the survey is then calculated, based on areas predicted to be 
ensonified around the HRG survey equipment and the estimated trackline 
distance traveled per day by the survey vessel. GSOE estimates a daily 
track line distance of 110 km per day during HRG surveys. Based on the 
maximum estimated distance to the Level B harassment threshold of 447 m 
(Table 4) and the estimated daily track line distance of 110 km, an 
area of 98.9 km\2\ would be ensonified to the Level B harassment 
threshold per day during HRG surveys.
    The number of marine mammals expected to be incidentally taken per 
day is then calculated by estimating the number of each species 
predicted to occur within the daily ensonified area, using estimated 
marine mammal densities as described above. Estimated numbers of each 
species taken per day are then multiplied by the number of survey days, 
and the product is then rounded, to generate an estimate of the total 
number of each species expected to be taken over the duration of the 
survey (Table 6).
    The applicant estimated a total of 4 takes by Level A harassment of 
harbor porpoises and 3 takes each by Level A harassment for harbor 
seals and gray seals would occur, in the absence of mitigation. 
However, as described above, due to the very small estimated distances 
to Level A harassment thresholds (Table 5), and in consideration of the 
proposed mitigation measures, the likelihood of the proposed survey 
resulting in take in the form of Level A harassment is considered so 
low as to be discountable; therefore, we do not propose to authorize 
take of any marine mammals by Level A harassment. Although there are no 
exclusion zones (EZs) proposed for pinnipeds, the estimated distance to 
the isopleth corresponding to the Level A harassment threshold for 
pinnipeds is less than 2 m (Table 5); therefore, we determined the 
likelihood of an animal being taken within this proximity of the survey 
equipment to be so low as to be discountable. Proposed take numbers are 
shown in Table 6.

    Table 6--Total Numbers of Potential Incidental Take of Marine Mammals Proposed for Authorization and Proposed Takes as a Percentage of Population
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                                               Total
                                                                                                                                          proposed takes
                         Species                           Density  (#/      Proposed        Estimated       Proposed          Total           as a
                                                            100 km\2\)     Level A takes   Level B takes   Level B takes  proposed takes  percentage  of
                                                                                                                                           population\1\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Atlantic right whale..............................          0.0078               0               1               1               1             0.2
Humpback whale..........................................          0.0344               0               6               6               6             0.4
Fin whale...............................................          0.1004               0              18              18              18             0.4
Sei whale \2\...........................................          0.0036               0               1               6               6             0.1
Minke whale.............................................          0.0244               0               4               4               4             0.2

[[Page 14435]]

 
Sperm whale.............................................          0.0053               0               1               1               1            <0.1
Long-finned pilot whale \2\.............................          0.0507               0               9              32              32             0.2
Bottlenose dolphin--W. North Atlantic Offshore \3\......          6.3438               0            1148            1148            1148            1.18
Bottlenose dolphin--W. North Atlantic Northern Migratory          6.3438               0            1148            1148            1148            17.3
 Coastal \3\............................................
Atlantic Spotted dolphin................................          0.1323               0              24              24              24            <0.1
Short-beaked common dolphin.............................          2.9574               0             535             535             535             0.6
Atlantic white-sided dolphin............................          0.4342               0              79              79              79             0.2
Harbor porpoise.........................................          0.5625               0             102             102             102             0.2
Harbor seal.............................................          6.4933               0            1175            1175            1175             1.6
Gray seal...............................................          6.4933               0            1175            1175            1175             4.3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Estimates of total proposed takes as a percentage of population are based on marine mammal abundance estimates provided by Roberts et al. (2016),
  when available, to maintain consistency with density estimates which are derived from data provided by Roberts et al. (2016). In cases where
  abundances are not provided by Roberts et al. (2016), total proposed takes as a percentage of population are based on abundance estimates in the NMFS
  Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al., 2018).
\2\ The proposed number of authorized takes (Level B harassment only) for these species has been increased from the estimated take to mean group size.
  Source for sei whale group size estimate is: Schilling et al. (1992). Source for long-finned pilot whale group size estimate is: Augusto et al.
  (2017).
\3\ A total of 1,148 takes of bottlenose dolphins are proposed for authorization. Proposed takes could be from either the Western North Atlantic
  Offshore or Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stocks. For purposes of calculating proposed takes as a percentage of population we
  assume 50 percent of bottlenose dolphins taken will be from the Western North Atlantic Offshore stock and 50 percent will be from the Western North
  Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stock.

    Species with Take Estimates Less than Mean Group Size: Using the 
approach described above to estimate take, the take estimates for the 
sei whale and long-finned pilot whale were less than the average group 
sizes estimated for these species (Table 6). However, information on 
the social structures and life histories of these species indicates 
these species are often encountered in groups. The results of take 
calculations support the likelihood that the proposed survey is 
expected to encounter and to incidentally take these species, and we 
believe it is likely that these species may be encountered in groups. 
Therefore it is reasonable to conservatively assume that one group of 
each of these species will be taken during the proposed survey. We 
propose to authorize the take of the average group size for these 
species and stocks to account for the possibility that the proposed 
survey encounters a group of any of these species or stocks (Table 6). 
Note that the take estimate for the North Atlantic right whale was not 
increased to average group size because the proposed exclusion zone for 
right whales (500 m) (see the Mitigation section), which exceeds the 
estimated isopleth corresponding to the Level B harassment threshold, 
is expected to avoid the potential for takes that exceed the take 
estimate. Also, the take estimate for the sperm whale was not increased 
to average group size because, based on water depths in the proposed 
survey area (16 to 28 m (52 to 92 ft)), it is very unlikely that groups 
of sperm whales, which tend to prefer deeper depths, would be 
encountered by the proposed survey.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, 
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such 
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on 
such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to 
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on 
the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain 
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS 
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to 
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic 
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such 
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse 
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 
216.104(a)(11)).
    In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to 
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and 
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we 
carefully consider two primary factors:
    (1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful 
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to 
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. 
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being 
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the 
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented 
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as 
planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability 
implemented as planned); and
    (2) The practicability of the measures for applicant 
implementation, which may consider such things as relative cost and 
impact on operations.

Proposed Mitigation Measures

    Based on the applicant's request, the BOEM Lease stipulations 
associated with ESA-listed marine mammals, and specific information 
regarding the zones ensonified above NMFS thresholds, NMFS is proposing 
the following mitigation measures during the proposed marine site 
characterization surveys.

Marine Mammal Exclusion Zones and Watch Zone

    Marine mammal EZs would be established around the HRG survey 
equipment and monitored by protected species observers (PSO) during HRG 
surveys, as follows:

[[Page 14436]]

     500 m EZ for North Atlantic right whales;
     200 m EZ for all other ESA-listed cetaceans (including fin 
whale, sei whale and sperm whale); and
     25 m EZ for harbor porpoises.
    The applicant proposed a 500 m EZ for North Atlantic right whales 
and 200 m EZ for all other marine mammals; however, for non-ESA-listed 
marine mammals, based on estimated distances to isopleths corresponding 
with Level A harassment thresholds (Table 5), we determined the EZs 
described above to be sufficiently protective in that they would be 
expected to prevent all potential incidences of Level A harassment as 
well as significant incidences of Level B harassment. In addition to 
the EZs described above, PSOs will visually monitor to the extent of 
the estimated Level B harassment zone (447 m), referred to as the Watch 
Zone or, as far as possible if the extent of the Watch Zone is not 
fully visible.

Visual Monitoring

    As per the BOEM lease, visual and acoustic monitoring of the 
established exclusion and monitoring zones will be performed by 
qualified and NMFS-approved PSOs. It would be the responsibility of the 
Lead PSO on duty to communicate the presence of marine mammals as well 
as to communicate and enforce the action(s) that are necessary to 
ensure mitigation and monitoring requirements are implemented as 
appropriate. PSOs would be equipped with binoculars and would estimate 
distances to marine mammals located in proximity to the vessel and/or 
exclusion zone using range finders. Reticulated binoculars would also 
be available to PSOs for use as appropriate based on conditions and 
visibility to support the siting and monitoring of marine species. 
Position data will be recorded using hand-held or vessel global 
positioning system (GPS) units for each sighting. Observations will 
take place from the highest available vantage point on the survey 
vessel. During surveys conducted at night, night-vision equipment with 
infrared light-emitting diodes spotlights and/or infrared video 
monitoring will be available for PSO use, and passive acoustic 
monitoring (PAM; described below) will be used.

Pre-Clearance of the Exclusion Zone

    Prior to initiating HRG survey activities, GSOE would implement a 
30-minute pre-clearance period of the relevant EZs. During this period, 
the PSOs would ensure that no marine mammals are observed within the 
relevant EZs. If HRG survey equipment is shut down due to a marine 
mammal being observed within or approaching the relevant EZ (described 
below), ramp up of survey equipment would not commence until the 
animal(s) has been observed exiting the relevant EZ, or until an 
additional time period has elapsed with no further sighting of the 
animal (e.g., 15 minutes for small delphinoid cetaceans and pinnipeds 
and 30 minutes for all other species). This pre-clearance requirement 
would include small delphinoids that approach the vessel (e.g., bow 
ride). PSOs would also continue to monitor the zone for 30 minutes 
after survey equipment is shut down or survey activity has concluded.

Passive Acoustic Monitoring

    As proposed by the applicant, PAM will be used to support 
monitoring during night time operations to provide for optimal 
acquisition of species detections at night. The PAM system will consist 
of an array of hydrophones with both broadband (sampling mid-range 
frequencies of 2 kHz to 200 kHz) and at least one low-frequency 
hydrophone (sampling range frequencies of 75 Hz to 30 kHz). The PAM 
operator(s) will monitor acoustic signals in real time both aurally 
(using headphones) and visually (via sound analysis software). PAM 
operators will communicate nighttime detections to the lead PSO on duty 
who will ensure the implementation of the appropriate mitigation 
measure. However, PAM detection alone would not trigger a requirement 
for any mitigation action be taken upon acoustic detection of marine 
mammals.

Ramp-Up of Survey Equipment

    As proposed by the applicant, where technically feasible, a ramp-up 
procedure would be used for geophysical survey equipment capable of 
adjusting energy levels at the start or re-start of survey activities. 
The ramp-up procedure would be used at the beginning of HRG survey 
activities in order to provide additional protection to marine mammals 
near the survey area by allowing them to detect the presence of the 
survey and vacate the area prior to the commencement of survey 
equipment use at full energy. Ramp-up of the survey equipment would not 
begin until the relevant EZ has been cleared by the PSOs, as described 
above. Systems will be initiated at their lowest power output and will 
be incrementally increased to full power. If any marine mammals are 
detected within the EZ prior to or during the ramp-up, HRG equipment 
will be shut down (as described below).

Shutdown Procedures

    As required in the BOEM lease, if a marine mammal is observed 
within or approaching the relevant EZ (as described above) an immediate 
shutdown of the survey equipment is required. Subsequent restart of the 
survey equipment may only occur after the animal(s) has either been 
observed exiting the relevant EZ or until an additional time period has 
elapsed with no further sighting of the animal (e.g., 15 minutes for 
delphinoid cetaceans and pinnipeds and 30 minutes for all other 
species).
    As required in the BOEM lease, if the HRG equipment shuts down for 
reasons other than mitigation (i.e., mechanical or electronic failure) 
resulting in the cessation of the survey equipment for a period greater 
than 20 minutes, a 30 minute pre-clearance period (as described above) 
would precede the restart of the HRG survey equipment. If the pause is 
less than less than 20 minutes, the equipment may be restarted as soon 
as practicable at its full operational level only if visual surveys 
were continued diligently throughout the silent period and the EZs 
remained clear of marine mammals during that entire period. If visual 
surveys were not continued diligently during the pause of 20 minutes or 
less, a 30-minute pre-clearance period (as described above) would 
precede the re-start of the HRG survey equipment. Following a shutdown, 
HRG survey equipment may be restarted following pre-clearance of the 
zones as described above.
    If a species for which authorization has not been granted, or, a 
species for which authorization has been granted but the authorized 
number of takes have been met, approaches or is observed within an EZ 
or within the watch zone, shutdown would occur.

Vessel Strike Avoidance

    Vessel strike avoidance measures will include, but are not limited 
to, the following, as required in the BOEM lease, except under 
circumstances when complying with these requirements would put the 
safety of the vessel or crew at risk:
     All vessel operators and crew will maintain vigilant watch 
for cetaceans and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop their vessel to 
avoid striking these protected species;
     All vessel operators will comply with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) 
or less speed restrictions in any SMA per NOAA guidance;
     All vessel operators will reduce vessel speed to 10 knots 
(18.5 km/hr) or less when any large whale, any mother/

[[Page 14437]]

calf pairs, pods, or large assemblages of non-delphinoid cetaceans are 
observed near (within 100 m (330 ft)) an underway vessel;
     All survey vessels will maintain a separation distance of 
500 m (1640 ft) or greater from any sighted North Atlantic right whale;
     If underway, vessels must steer a course away from any 
sighted North Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less 
until the 500 m (1640 ft) minimum separation distance has been 
established. If a North Atlantic right whale is sighted in a vessel's 
path, or within 100 m (330 ft) to an underway vessel, the underway 
vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral. Engines will 
not be engaged until the North Atlantic right whale has moved outside 
of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If stationary, the vessel must 
not engage engines until the North Atlantic right whale has moved 
beyond 100 m;
     All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 100 m 
(330 ft) or greater from any sighted non-delphinoid cetacean. If 
sighted, the vessel underway must reduce speed and shift the engine to 
neutral, and must not engage the engines until the non-delphinoid 
cetacean has moved outside of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If a 
survey vessel is stationary, the vessel will not engage engines until 
the non-delphinoid cetacean has moved out of the vessel's path and 
beyond 100 m;
     All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 50 m 
(164 ft) or greater from any sighted delphinoid cetacean. Any vessel 
underway remain parallel to a sighted delphinoid cetacean's course 
whenever possible, and avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
direction. Any vessel underway reduces vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 
km/hr) or less when pods (including mother/calf pairs) or large 
assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are observed. Vessels may not 
adjust course and speed until the delphinoid cetaceans have moved 
beyond 50 m and/or the abeam of the underway vessel;
     All vessels will maintain a separation distance of 50 m 
(164 ft) or greater from any sighted pinniped; and
     All vessels underway will not divert or alter course in 
order to approach any whale, delphinoid cetacean, or pinniped. Any 
vessel underway will avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
direction to avoid injury to the sighted cetacean or pinniped.
    GSOE will ensure that vessel operators and crew maintain a vigilant 
watch for cetaceans and pinnipeds by slowing down or stopping the 
vessel to avoid striking marine mammals. Project-specific training will 
be conducted for all vessel crew prior to the start of the site 
characterization survey activities. Confirmation of the training and 
understanding of the requirements will be documented on a training 
course log sheet. Signing the log sheet will certify that the crew 
members understand and will comply with the necessary requirements 
throughout the survey activities.

Seasonal Operating Requirements

    As described above, the northern section of the proposed survey 
area partially overlaps with a portion of one North Atlantic right 
whale SMA which occurs off the mouth of the Delaware Bay. This SMA is 
active from November 1 through April 30 of each year. Survey vessels 
would be required to adhere to the mandatory vessel speed restrictions 
(>10 kn) when operating within the SMA during times when the SMA is 
active. In addition, between watch shifts, members of the monitoring 
team would consult NMFS' North Atlantic right whale reporting systems 
for the presence of North Atlantic right whales throughout survey 
operations. Members of the monitoring team would monitor the NMFS North 
Atlantic right whale reporting systems for the establishment of a 
Dynamic Management Area (DMA). If NMFS should establish a DMA in the 
survey area, within 24 hours of the establishment of the DMA, GSOE 
would coordinate with NMFS to alter the survey activities as needed to 
avoid right whales to the extent possible.
    The proposed mitigation measures are designed to avoid the already 
low potential for injury in addition to some Level B harassment, and to 
minimize the potential for vessel strikes. There are no known marine 
mammal feeding areas, rookeries, or mating grounds in the survey area 
that would otherwise potentially warrant increased mitigation measures 
for marine mammals or their habitat (or both). The proposed survey 
would occur in an area that has been identified as a biologically 
important area for migration for North Atlantic right whales. However, 
given the small spatial extent of the survey area relative to the 
substantially larger spatial extent of the right whale migratory area, 
and the relatively limited temporal overlap of the survey with the 
months that the migratory area is considered biologically important 
(March, April, November and December), the survey is not expected to 
appreciably reduce migratory habitat nor to negatively impact the 
migration of North Atlantic right whales. Thus mitigation to address 
the proposed survey's occurrence in North Atlantic right whale 
migratory habitat is not warranted. Further, we believe the proposed 
mitigation measures are practicable for the applicant to implement.
    Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, NMFS 
has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures 
provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the 
affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular 
attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar 
significance.

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to 
the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for 
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the 
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased 
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on 
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the 
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to 
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the 
required monitoring.
    Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should 
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
     Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area 
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution, 
density);
     Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure 
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or 
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment 
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2) 
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or 
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas);
     Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or 
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), 
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
     How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) 
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) 
populations, species, or stocks;

[[Page 14438]]

     Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey 
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of 
marine mammal habitat); and
     Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.

Proposed Monitoring Measures

    As described above, visual monitoring of the EZs and monitoring 
zone will be performed by qualified and NMFS-approved PSOs. PSO 
Qualifications would include completion of a PSO training course and 
documented field experience on a marine mammal observation vessel and/
or aerial surveys. As proposed by the applicant and required by BOEM, 
an observer team comprising a minimum of four NMFS-approved PSOs and a 
minimum of two certified PAM operator(s), operating in shifts, will be 
employed by GSOE during the proposed surveys. PSOs and PAM operators 
would work in shifts such that no one monitor will work more than 4 
consecutive hours without a 2-hour break or longer than 12 hours during 
any 24-hour period. During daylight hours the PSOs will rotate in 
shifts of one on and three off, while during nighttime operations PSOs 
will work in pairs. The PAM operators will also be on call as necessary 
during daytime operations should visual observations become impaired. 
Each PSO will monitor 360 degrees of the field of vision. GSOE will 
provide resumes of all proposed PSOs and PAM operators (including 
alternates) to NMFS for review and approval at least 45 days prior to 
the start of survey operations.
    Also as described above, PSOs will be equipped with binoculars and 
have the ability to estimate distances to marine mammals located in 
proximity to the vessel and/or exclusion zone using range finders. 
Reticulated binoculars will also be available to PSOs for use as 
appropriate based on conditions and visibility to support the siting 
and monitoring of marine species. During night operations, PAM and 
night-vision equipment with infrared light-emitting diode spotlights 
and/or infrared video monitoring will be used to increase the ability 
to detect marine mammals. Position data will be recorded using hand-
held or vessel global positioning system (GPS) units for each sighting. 
Observations will take place from the highest available vantage point 
on the survey vessel. General 360-degree scanning will occur during the 
monitoring periods, and target scanning by the PSO will occur when 
alerted of a marine mammal presence.
    Data on all PAM/PSO observations will be recorded based on standard 
PSO collection requirements. This will include dates, times, and 
locations of survey operations; time of observation, location and 
weather; details of marine mammal sightings (e.g., species, 
numbers,behavior); and details of any observed taking (e.g.,behavioral 
disturbances or injury/mortality).

Proposed Reporting Measures

    Within 90 days after completion of survey activities, a final 
technical report will be provided to NMFS that fully documents the 
methods and monitoring protocols, summarizes the data recorded during 
monitoring, summarizes the number of marine mammals estimated to have 
been taken during survey activities (by species, when known), 
summarizes the mitigation actions taken during surveys (including what 
type of mitigation and the species and number of animals that prompted 
the mitigation action, when known), and provides an interpretation of 
the results and effectiveness of all mitigation and monitoring. Any 
recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report 
prior to acceptance by NMFS.
    In addition to the final technical report, GSOE will provide the 
reports described below as necessary during survey activities. In the 
unanticipated event that GSOE's survey activities lead to an injury 
(Level A harassment) or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear interaction, 
and/or entanglement) of a marine mammal, DWW would immediately cease 
the specified activities and report the incident to the Chief of the 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources and 
the NMFS Greater Atlantic Stranding Coordinator. The report would 
include the following information:
    Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
     Name and type of vessel involved;
     Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
     Description of the incident;
     Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding 
the incident;
     Water depth;
     Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
     Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 
hours preceding the incident;
     Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
     Fate of the animal(s); and
     Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if 
equipment is available).
    Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the event. NMFS would work with GSOE to minimize 
reoccurrence of such an event in the future. GSOE would not resume 
activities until notified by NMFS.
    In the event that GSOE discovers an injured or dead marine mammal 
and determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the 
death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state of 
decomposition), GSOE would immediately report the incident to the Chief 
of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources 
and the NMFS Greater Atlantic Stranding Coordinator. The report would 
include the same information identified in the paragraph above. 
Activities would be able to continue while NMFS reviews the 
circumstances of the incident. NMFS would work with GSOE to determine 
if modifications in the activities are appropriate.
    In the event that GSOE discovers an injured or dead marine mammal 
and determines that the injury or death is not associated with or 
related to the activities authorized in the IHA (e.g., previously 
wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced decomposition, or 
scavenger damage), GSOE would report the incident to the Chief of the 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, and 
the NMFS Greater Atlantic Regional Stranding Coordinator, within 24 
hours of the discovery. GSOE would provide photographs or video footage 
(if available) or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting 
to NMFS. GSOE may continue its operations under such a case.

Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination

    NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the 
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not 
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival. A negligible impact 
finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates 
of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-level effects). An 
estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough information on 
which to base an impact determination. In addition to considering 
estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be ``taken'' 
through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the likely 
nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context of any 
responses (e.g., critical reproductive

[[Page 14439]]

time or location, migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the 
likely effectiveness of the mitigation. We also assess the number, 
intensity, and context of estimated takes by evaluating this 
information relative to population status. Consistent with the 1989 
preamble for NMFS' implementing regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 
1989), the impacts from other past and ongoing anthropogenic activities 
are incorporated into this analysis via their impacts on the 
environmental baseline (e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status of 
the species, population size and growth rate where known, ongoing 
sources of human-caused mortality, or ambient noise levels).
    To avoid repetition, our analysis applies to all the species listed 
in Table 6, given that NMFS expects the anticipated effects of the 
proposed survey to be similar in nature.
    NMFS does not anticipate that serious injury or mortality would 
occur as a result of GSOE's proposed survey, even in the absence of 
proposed mitigation. Thus the proposed authorization does not authorize 
any serious injury or mortality. As discussed in the Potential Effects 
section, non-auditory physical effects and vessel strike are not 
expected to occur.
    We expect that all potential takes would be in the form of short-
term Level B behavioral harassment in the form of temporary avoidance 
of the area, a reaction that is considered to be of low severity and 
with no lasting biological consequences (e.g., Southall et al., 2007). 
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed previously in 
this document (see Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on 
Marine Mammals and their Habitat). Marine mammal habitat may be 
impacted by elevated sound levels, but these impacts would be 
temporary. In addition to being temporary and short in overall 
duration, the acoustic footprint of the proposed survey is small 
relative to the overall distribution of the animals in the area and 
their use of the area. Feeding behavior is not likely to be 
significantly impacted, as no areas of biological significance for 
marine mammal feeding are known to exist in the survey area. Prey 
species are mobile and are broadly distributed throughout the project 
area; therefore, marine mammals that may be temporarily displaced 
during survey activities are expected to be able to resume foraging 
once they have moved away from areas with disturbing levels of 
underwater noise. Because of the temporary nature of the disturbance 
and the availability of similar habitat and resources in the 
surrounding area, the impacts to marine mammals and the food sources 
that they utilize are not expected to cause significant or long-term 
consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations. In 
addition, there are no rookeries or mating or calving areas known to be 
biologically important to marine mammals within the proposed project 
area. The proposed survey area is within a biologically important 
migratory area for North Atlantic right whales (effective March-April 
and November-December) that extends from Massachusetts to Florida 
(LaBrecque, et al., 2015). Off the coast of Delaware, this biologically 
important migratory area extends from the coast to beyond the shelf 
break. Due to the fact that the proposed survey is temporary and short 
in overall duration, the majority of the survey would occur outside the 
months when the BIA is considered important for right whale migration, 
and the acoustic footprint of the proposed survey is very small 
relative to the spatial extent of the available migratory habitat in 
the area, right whale migration is not expected to be impacted by the 
proposed survey.
    The proposed mitigation measures are expected to reduce the number 
and/or severity of takes by (1) giving animals the opportunity to move 
away from the sound source before HRG survey equipment reaches full 
energy; and (2) preventing animals from being exposed to sound levels 
that may otherwise result in injury. Additional vessel strike avoidance 
requirements will further mitigate potential impacts to marine mammals 
during vessel transit to and within the survey area.
    NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammal species and stocks 
due to GSOE's proposed survey would result in only short-term 
(temporary and short in duration) effects to individuals exposed. 
Marine mammals may temporarily avoid the immediate area but are not 
expected to permanently abandon the area. Impacts to breeding, feeding, 
sheltering, resting, or migration are not expected, nor are shifts in 
habitat use, distribution, or foraging success. NMFS does not 
anticipate the marine mammal takes that would result from the proposed 
survey would impact annual rates of recruitment or survival.
    In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily 
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from 
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock 
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
     No mortality, serious injury, or Level A harassment is 
anticipated or authorized;
     The anticipated impacts of the proposed activity on marine 
mammals would be temporary behavioral changes due to avoidance of the 
area around the survey vessel;
     The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat 
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during 
the proposed survey to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
     The proposed project area does not contain areas of 
significance for feeding, mating or calving;
     Effects on species that serve as prey species for marine 
mammals from the proposed survey are not expected;
     The proposed mitigation measures, including visual and 
acoustic monitoring, exclusion zones, and shutdown measures, are 
expected to minimize potential impacts to marine mammals.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine 
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on 
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.

Small Numbers

    As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be 
authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified 
activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not 
define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are 
available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most 
appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in 
our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small 
numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may 
be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of 
the activities.
    The numbers of marine mammals that we propose for authorization to 
be taken, for all species and stocks, would be considered small 
relative to the relevant stocks or populations (less than 17 percent 
for the Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stock of 
bottlenose dolphins, and less than 5 percent for all other species and 
stocks) (Table 6). Bottlenose dolphins taken by the proposed survey 
could originate from either the Western North Atlantic Offshore or 
Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stocks, based on 
water depths and

[[Page 14440]]

distances to shore in the proposed survey area. For purposes of 
calculating proposed takes as a percentage of population we assume 50 
percent of bottlenose dolphins taken will originate from the Western 
North Atlantic Offshore stock and 50 percent will originate from the 
Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stock. Based on the 
analysis contained herein of the proposed activity (including the 
proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the anticipated take 
of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small numbers of 
marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size of the 
affected species or stocks.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination

    There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine 
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has 
determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would 
not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such 
species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.

Endangered Species Act

    Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any action 
it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize the 
continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or result 
in the destruction or adverse modification of designated critical 
habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs, NMFS 
consults internally, in this case with the NMFS Greater Atlantic 
Regional Fisheries Office (GARFO), whenever we propose to authorize 
take for endangered or threatened species.
    The NMFS Office of Protected Resources Permits and Conservation 
Division is proposing to authorize the incidental take of four species 
of marine mammals which are listed under the ESA: the North Atlantic 
right, fin, sei and sperm whale. The Permits and Conservation Division 
has requested initiation of Section 7 consultation with the NMFS 
Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries Office for the issuance of this 
IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA consultation prior to reaching a 
determination regarding the issuance of the authorization.

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to 
issue an IHA to GSOE for conducting marine site assessment surveys 
offshore Delaware and along potential submarine cable routes from the 
date of issuance for a period of one year, provided the previously 
mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are 
incorporated. This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The 
wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA 
(if issued).
    1. This IHA is valid for a period of one year from the date of 
issuance.
    2. This IHA is valid only for marine site characterization survey 
activity in the area of the Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands for 
Renewable Energy Development on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS-A 
0482) and along submarine cable routes between the Lease area and 
Maryland or Delaware.
    3. General Conditions
    (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the possession of GSOE, the 
vessel operator and other relevant personnel, the lead PSO, and any 
other relevant designees of GSOE operating under the authority of this 
IHA.
    (b) The species authorized for taking are listed in Table 6. The 
taking, by Level B harassment only, is limited to the species and 
numbers listed in Table 6. Any taking of species not listed in Table 6, 
or exceeding the authorized amounts listed in Table 6, is prohibited 
and may result in the modification, suspension, or revocation of this 
IHA.
    (c) The taking by injury, serious injury or death of any species of 
marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, 
suspension, or revocation of this IHA.
    (d) GSOE shall ensure that the vessel operator and other relevant 
vessel personnel are briefed on all responsibilities, communication 
procedures, marine mammal monitoring protocols, operational procedures, 
and IHA requirements prior to the start of survey activity, and when 
relevant new personnel join the survey operations.
    4. Mitigation Requirements--the holder of this Authorization is 
required to implement the following mitigation measures:
    (a) GSOE shall use at least four (4) NMFS-approved protected 
species observers (PSOs) during HRG surveys. The PSOs must have no 
tasks other than to conduct observational effort, record observational 
data, and communicate with and instruct relevant vessel crew with 
regard to the presence of marine mammals and mitigation requirements. 
PSO resumes shall be provided to NMFS for approval prior to 
commencement of the survey.
    (b) Visual monitoring must begin no less than 30 minutes prior to 
initiation of survey equipment and must continue until 30 minutes after 
use of survey equipment ceases.
    (c) Exclusion Zones and Watch Zone--PSOs shall establish and 
monitor marine mammal Exclusion Zones and Watch Zone. The Watch Zone 
shall represent the extent of the Level B harassment zone (447 m). 
Exclusion Zones are as follows:
    (i) 500 m Exclusion Zone for North Atlantic right whales;
    (ii) 200 m Exclusion Zone for fin whales, sei whales, and sperm 
whales; and
    (iii) 25 m Exclusion Zone for harbor porpoises.
    (d) Shutdown requirements--If a marine mammal is observed within, 
entering, or approaching the relevant Exclusion Zones as described 
under 4(c) while geophysical survey equipment is operational, the 
geophysical survey equipment must be immediately shut down.
    (i) Any PSO on duty has the authority to call for shutdown of 
survey equipment. When there is certainty regarding the need for 
mitigation action on the basis of visual detection, the relevant PSO(s) 
must call for such action immediately.
    (ii) When a shutdown is called for by a PSO, the shutdown must 
occur and any dispute resolved only following shutdown.
    (iii) Upon implementation of a shutdown, survey equipment may be 
reactivated when all marine mammals have been confirmed by visual 
observation to have exited the relevant Exclusion Zone or an additional 
time period has elapsed with no further sighting of the animal that 
triggered the shutdown (15 minutes for small delphinoid cetaceans and 
30 minutes for all other species).
    (iv) If geophysical equipment shuts down for reasons other than 
mitigation (i.e., mechanical or electronic failure) resulting in the 
cessation of the survey equipment for a period of less than 20 minutes, 
the equipment may be restarted as soon as practicable if visual surveys 
were continued diligently throughout the silent period and the relevant 
Exclusion Zones are confirmed by PSOs to have remained clear of marine 
mammals during the entire 20-minute period. If visual surveys were not 
continued diligently during the pause of 20 minutes or less, a 30-
minute pre-clearance period shall precede the restart of the 
geophysical survey equipment as described in 4(e). If the period of 
shutdown for reasons other than mitigation is greater than 20 minutes, 
a pre-clearance period shall precede the restart of the geophysical 
survey equipment as described in 4(e).

[[Page 14441]]

    (v) If a species for which authorization has not been granted, or, 
a species for which authorization has been granted but the authorized 
number of takes have been met, approaches or is observed within the 
Exclusion Zone or Watch Zone, shutdown must occur.
    (e) Pre-clearance observation--30 minutes of pre-clearance 
observation shall be conducted prior to initiation of geophysical 
survey equipment. Geophysical survey equipment shall not be initiated 
if marine mammals are observed within the relevant Exclusion Zones as 
described under 4(d) during the pre-clearance period. If a marine 
mammal is observed within the relevant Exclusion Zones during the pre-
clearance period, initiation of the geophysical survey equipment will 
be delayed until the marine mammal(s) departs the relevant Exclusion 
Zone.
    (f) Ramp-up--when technically feasible, survey equipment shall be 
ramped up at the start or re-start of survey activities. Ramp-up will 
begin with the power of the smallest acoustic equipment at its lowest 
practical power output appropriate for the survey. When technically 
feasible the power will then be gradually turned up and other acoustic 
sources added in way such that the source level would increase 
gradually.
    (g) Vessel Strike Avoidance--Vessel operator and crew must maintain 
a vigilant watch for all marine mammals and slow down or stop the 
vessel or alter course, as appropriate, to avoid striking any marine 
mammal, unless such action represents a human safety concern. Survey 
vessel crew members responsible for navigation duties shall receive 
site-specific training on marine mammal sighting/reporting and vessel 
strike avoidance measures. Vessel strike avoidance measures shall 
include the following, except under circumstances when complying with 
these requirements would put the safety of the vessel or crew at risk:
    (i) The vessel operator and crew shall maintain vigilant watch for 
cetaceans and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop the vessel to avoid 
striking marine mammals;
    (ii) The vessel operator shall reduce vessel speed to 10 knots 
(18.5 km/hr) or less when any large whale, any mother/calf pairs, whale 
or dolphin pods, or larger assemblages of non-delphinoid cetaceans are 
observed near (within 100 m (330 ft)) an underway vessel;
    (iii) The survey vessel shall maintain a separation distance of 500 
m (1,640 ft) or greater from any sighted North Atlantic right whale;
    (iv) If underway, the vessel must steer a course away from any 
sighted North Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or less 
until the 500 m (1,640 ft) minimum separation distance has been 
established. If a North Atlantic right whale is sighted in a vessel's 
path, or within 100 m (330 ft) to an underway vessel, the underway 
vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral. Engines will 
not be engaged until the North Atlantic right whale has moved outside 
of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If stationary, the vessel must 
not engage engines until the North Atlantic right whale has moved 
beyond 100 m;
    (v) The vessel shall maintain a separation distance of 100 m (330 
ft) or greater from any sighted non-delphinoid cetacean. If sighted, 
the vessel underway must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral 
and must not engage the engines until the non-delphinoid cetacean has 
moved outside of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m. If a survey vessel 
is stationary, the vessel will not engage engines until the non-
delphinoid cetacean has moved out of the vessel's path and beyond 100 
m;
    (vi) The vessel shall maintain a separation distance of 50 m (164 
ft) or greater from any sighted delphinoid cetacean. Any vessel 
underway remain parallel to a sighted delphinoid cetacean's course 
whenever possible and avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
direction. Any vessel underway reduces vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 
km/hr) or less when pods (including mother/calf pairs) or large 
assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are observed. Vessels may not 
adjust course and speed until the delphinoid cetaceans have moved 
beyond 50 m and/or the abeam of the underway vessel;
    (vii) All vessels shall maintain a separation distance of 50 m (164 
ft) or greater from any sighted pinniped; and
    (viii) All vessels underway shall not divert or alter course in 
order to approach any whale, delphinoid cetacean, or pinniped. Any 
vessel underway will avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
direction to avoid injury to the sighted cetacean or pinniped.
    (ix) The vessel operator shall comply with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) or 
less speed restrictions in any Seasonal Management Area per NMFS 
guidance.
    (x) If NMFS should establish a Dynamic Management Area (DMA) in the 
area of the survey, within 24 hours of the establishment of the DMA, 
GSOE shall work with NMFS to shut down and/or alter survey activities 
as appropriate.
    5. Monitoring Requirements--The Holder of this Authorization is 
required to conduct marine mammal visual monitoring and passive 
acoustic monitoring (PAM) during geophysical survey activity. 
Monitoring shall be conducted in accordance with the following 
requirements:
    (a) A minimum of four NMFS-approved PSOs and a minimum of two 
certified (PAM) operator(s), operating in shifts, shall be employed by 
GSOE during geophysical surveys.
    (b) Observations shall take place from the highest available 
vantage point on the survey vessel. General 360-degree scanning shall 
occur during the monitoring periods, and target scanning by PSOs will 
occur when alerted of a marine mammal presence.
    (c) PSOs shall be equipped with binoculars and have the ability to 
estimate distances to marine mammals located in proximity to the vessel 
and/or Exclusion Zones using range finders. Reticulated binoculars will 
also be available to PSOs for use as appropriate based on conditions 
and visibility to support the sighting and monitoring of marine 
species.
    (d) PAM shall be used during nighttime geophysical survey 
operations. The PAM system shall consist of an array of hydrophones 
with both broadband (sampling mid-range frequencies of 2 kHz to 200 
kHz) and at least one low-frequency hydrophone (sampling range 
frequencies of 75 Hz to 30 kHz). PAM operators shall communicate 
detections or vocalizations to the Lead PSO on duty who shall ensure 
the implementation of the appropriate mitigation measure.
    (e) During night surveys, night-vision equipment with infrared 
light-emitting diode spotlights and/or infrared video monitoring shall 
be used in addition to PAM. Specifications for night-vision equipment 
shall be provided to NMFS for review and acceptance prior to start of 
surveys.
    (f) PSOs and PAM operators shall work in shifts such that no one 
monitor will work more than 4 consecutive hours without a 2 hour break 
or longer than 12 hours during any 24-hour period. During daylight 
hours the PSOs shall rotate in shifts of 1 on and 3 off, and while 
during nighttime operations PSOs shall work in pairs.
    (g) PAM operators shall also be on call as necessary during daytime 
operations should visual observations become impaired.
    (h) Position data shall be recorded using hand-held or vessel 
global positioning system (GPS) units for each sighting.
    (i) A briefing shall be conducted between survey supervisors and 
crews, PSOs, and GSOE to establish responsibilities of each party, 
define

[[Page 14442]]

chains of command, discuss communication procedures, provide an 
overview of monitoring purposes, and review operational procedures.
    (j) GSOE shall provide resumes of all proposed PSOs and PAM 
operators (including alternates) to NMFS for review and approval at 
least 45 days prior to the start of survey operations.
    (k) PSO Qualifications shall include completion of a PSO training 
course and documented field experience on a marine mammal observation 
vessel and/or aerial surveys.
    (a) Data on all PAM/PSO observations shall be recorded based on 
standard PSO collection requirements. PSOs must use standardized data 
forms, whether hard copy or electronic. The following information shall 
be reported:
    (i) PSO names and affiliations
    (ii) Dates of departures and returns to port with port name
    (iii) Dates and times (Greenwich Mean Time) of survey effort and 
times corresponding with PSO effort
    (iv) Vessel location (latitude/longitude) when survey effort begins 
and ends; vessel location at beginning and end of visual PSO duty 
shifts
    (v) Vessel heading and speed at beginning and end of visual PSO 
duty shifts and upon any line change
    (vi) Environmental conditions while on visual survey (at beginning 
and end of PSO shift and whenever conditions change significantly), 
including wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea state, Beaufort wind 
force, swell height, weather conditions, cloud cover, sun glare, and 
overall visibility to the horizon
    (vii) Factors that may be contributing to impaired observations 
during each PSO shift change or as needed as environmental conditions 
change (e.g., vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions)
    (viii) Survey activity information, such as acoustic source power 
output while in operation, number and volume of airguns operating in 
the array, tow depth of the array, and any other notes of significance 
(i.e., pre-ramp-up survey, ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting, ramp-
up completion, end of operations, streamers, etc.)
    (ix) If a marine mammal is sighted, the following information 
should be recorded:
    (A) Watch status (sighting made by PSO on/off effort, 
opportunistic, crew, alternate vessel/platform);
    (B) PSO who sighted the animal;
    (C) Time of sighting;
    (D) Vessel location at time of sighting;
    (E) Water depth;
    (F) Direction of vessel's travel (compass direction);
    (G) Direction of animal's travel relative to the vessel;
    (H) Pace of the animal;
    (I) Estimated distance to the animal and its heading relative to 
vessel at initial sighting;
    (J) Identification of the animal (e.g., genus/species, lowest 
possible taxonomic level, or unidentified); also note the composition 
of the group if there is a mix of species;
    (K) Estimated number of animals (high/low/best) ;
    (L) Estimated number of animals by cohort (adults, yearlings, 
juveniles, calves, group composition, etc.);
    (M) Description (as many distinguishing features as possible of 
each individual seen, including length, shape, color, pattern, scars or 
markings, shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and blow 
characteristics);
    (N) Detailed behavior observations (e.g., number of blows, number 
of surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving, feeding, traveling; as 
explicit and detailed as possible; note any observed changes in 
behavior);
    (O) Animal's closest point of approach and/or closest distance from 
the center point of the acoustic source;
    (P) Platform activity at time of sighting (e.g., deploying, 
recovering, testing, data acquisition, other); and
    (Q) Description of any actions implemented in response to the 
sighting (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up, speed or course alteration, 
etc.) and time and location of the action.
    6. Reporting--a technical report shall be provided to NMFS within 
90 days after completion of survey activities that fully documents the 
methods and monitoring protocols, summarizes the data recorded during 
monitoring, estimates the number of marine mammals that may have been 
taken during survey activities, describes the effectiveness of the 
various mitigation techniques (i.e. visual observations during day and 
night compared to PAM detections/operations) and provides an 
interpretation of the results and effectiveness of all monitoring 
tasks. Any recommendations made by NMFS shall be addressed in the final 
report prior to acceptance by NMFS.
    (a) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals:
    (i) In the event that the specified activity clearly causes the 
take of a marine mammal in a manner not prohibited by this IHA (if 
issued), such as serious injury or mortality, GSOE shall immediately 
cease the specified activities and immediately report the incident to 
the NMFS Office of Protected Resources and the NMFS Greater Atlantic 
Stranding Coordinator. The report must include the following 
information:
    (A) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
    (B) Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
    (C) Description of the incident;
    (D) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the 
incident;
    (E) Water depth;
    (F) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    (G) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours 
preceding the incident;
    (H) Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
    (I) Fate of the animal(s); and
    (J) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
    Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with GSOE to 
determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of 
further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. GSOE may not resume 
their activities until notified by NMFS.
    (ii) In the event that GSOE discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or 
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less than 
a moderate state of decomposition), GSOE shall immediately report the 
incident to the NMFS Office of Protected Resources and the NMFS Greater 
Atlantic Stranding Coordinator. The report must include the same 
information identified in condition 6(b)(i) of this IHA. Activities may 
continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS 
will work with GSOE to determine whether additional mitigation measures 
or modifications to the activities are appropriate.
    (iii) In the event that GSOE discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not 
associated with or related to the specified activities (e.g., 
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), GSOE shall report the incident to 
the NMFS Office of Protected Resources and the NMFS Greater Atlantic 
Stranding Coordinator within 24 hours of the discovery. GSOE shall 
provide photographs or video footage or other documentation of the 
sighting to NMFS.
    7. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if 
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if 
NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible 
impact

[[Page 14443]]

on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.

Request for Public Comments

    We request comment on our analyses, the draft authorization, and 
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed marine 
site characterization surveys. Please include with your comments any 
supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final 
decision on the request for MMPA authorization.
    On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a one-year renewal IHA 
without additional notice when (1) another year of identical or nearly 
identical activities as described in the Specified Activities section 
is planned, or (2) the activities would not be completed by the time 
the IHA expires and renewal would allow completion of the activities 
beyond that described in the Dates and Duration section, provided all 
of the following conditions are met:
     A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days 
prior to expiration of the current IHA.
     The request for renewal must include the following:
    (1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted beyond the 
initial dates either are identical to the previously analyzed 
activities or include changes so minor (e.g., reduction in pile size) 
that the changes do not affect the previous analyses, take estimates, 
or mitigation and monitoring requirements.
    (2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the 
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the 
monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not 
previously analyzed or authorized.
     Upon review of the request for renewal, the status of the 
affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS 
determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities, 
the mitigation and monitoring measures remain the same and appropriate, 
and the original findings remain valid.

    Dated: March 30, 2018.
Elaine T. Saiz,
Acting Deputy Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine 
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2018-06856 Filed 4-3-18; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                          14417

                                             appropriate entries of subject                          Notification to Importers                             DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                                             merchandise in accordance with the
                                             final results of this review.8 Commerce                    This notice serves as a final reminder             National Oceanic and Atmospheric
                                             intends to issue appropriate assessment                 to importers of their responsibility                  Administration
                                             instructions directly to CBP 15 days                    under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a
                                                                                                                                                           RIN 0648–XF991
                                             after the date of publication of these                  certificate regarding the reimbursement
                                             final results of review.                                of antidumping duties prior to                        Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
                                             Cash Deposit Requirements                               liquidation of the relevant entries                   Specified Activities; Taking Marine
                                                                                                     during this POR. Failure to comply with               Mammals Incidental to Marine Site
                                                The following cash deposit                           this requirement could result in                      Characterization Surveys off of
                                             requirements will be effective upon                     Commerce’s presumption that                           Delaware
                                             publication of the final results of this                reimbursement of antidumping duties
                                             administrative review for all shipments                 occurred and the subsequent assessment                AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries
                                             of subject merchandise entered, or                                                                            Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
                                                                                                     of doubled antidumping duties.
                                             withdrawn from warehouse, for                                                                                 Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
                                             consumption on or after the publication                 Administrative Protective Order                       Commerce.
                                             date of these final results, as provided                                                                      ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
                                             by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Tariff Act                 This notice is the only reminder to
                                                                                                                                                           harassment authorization; request for
                                             of 1930, as amended (the Act): (1) For                  parties subject to the administrative                 comments.
                                             JBF, the cash deposit rate will be equal                protective order (APO) of their
                                             to the weighted-average dumping                         responsibility concerning the return or               SUMMARY:    NMFS has received a request
                                             margin listed above in the section                      destruction of proprietary information                from Garden State Offshore Energy, LLC
                                             ‘‘Final Results of Review;’’ (2) for                    disclosed under the APO in accordance                 (GSOE), for authorization to take marine
                                             merchandise exported by producers or                    with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3), which                      mammals incidental to marine site
                                             exporters not covered in this review but                continues to govern business                          characterization surveys off the coast of
                                             covered in a previously completed                       proprietary information in this segment               Delaware as part of the Skipjack Wind
                                             segment of this proceeding, the cash                    of the proceeding. Timely written                     Project in the area of the Commercial
                                             deposit rate will continue to be the                    notification of the return or destruction             Lease of Submerged Lands for
                                             company-specific rate published in the                  of APO materials, or conversion to                    Renewable Energy Development on the
                                             final results for the most recent period                                                                      Outer Continental Shelf (OCS–A 0482)
                                                                                                     judicial protective order, is hereby
                                             in which that producer or exporter                                                                            and along potential submarine cable
                                                                                                     requested. Failure to comply with the
                                             participated; (3) if the exporter is not a                                                                    routes to a landfall location in Maryland
                                             firm covered in this review or in any                   regulations and the terms of an APO is
                                                                                                     a violation subject to sanction.                      or Delaware. Pursuant to the Marine
                                             previous segment of this proceeding, but                                                                      Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS
                                             the producer is, then the cash deposit                  Notification to Interested Parties                    is requesting comments on its proposal
                                             rate will be that established for the                                                                         to issue an incidental harassment
                                             producer of the merchandise in these                       We are issuing and publishing these                authorization (IHA) to incidentally take
                                             final results of review or in the final                 final results and this notice in                      marine mammals during the specified
                                             results for the most recent period in                   accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and                activities. NMFS will consider public
                                             which that producer participated; and                   777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR                       comments prior to making any final
                                             (4) if neither the exporter nor the                     351.213(h).                                           decision on the issuance of the
                                             producer is a firm covered in this                                                                            requested MMPA authorizations and
                                             review or in any previously completed                     Dated: March 29, 2018.
                                                                                                                                                           agency responses will be summarized in
                                             segment of this proceeding, then the                    P. Lee Smith,
                                                                                                                                                           the final notice of our decision.
                                             cash deposit rate will be 4.05 percent,                 Deputy Assistant Secretary for Policy and
                                                                                                                                                           DATES: Comments and information must
                                             the all-others rate established in the less             Negotiations.
                                                                                                                                                           be received no later than May 4, 2018.
                                             than fair value investigation.9 These
                                             cash deposit requirements, when                         Appendix                                              ADDRESSES: Comments should be
                                             imposed, shall remain in effect until                   Issues in the Decision Memorandum                     addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
                                             further notice.                                                                                               Permits and Conservation Division,
                                                                                                     I. Summary
                                                                                                                                                           Office of Protected Resources, National
                                             Disclosure                                              II. Scope of the Order
                                                                                                                                                           Marine Fisheries Service. Physical
                                                                                                     III. Period of Review
                                               We will disclose to interested parties                                                                      comments should be sent to 1315 East-
                                                                                                     IV. Discussion of the Issue
                                             the calculations performed in                                                                                 West Highway, Silver Spring, MD
                                                                                                        Comment 1: Home Market Credit Expenses
                                             connection with these final results                                                                           20910, and electronic comments should
                                                                                                     V. Recommendation
                                             within five days of the publication of                                                                        be sent to ITP.carduner@noaa.gov.
                                                                                                     [FR Doc. 2018–06837 Filed 4–3–18; 8:45 am]               Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
                                             this notice, consistent with 19 CFR
                                             351.224(b).                                             BILLING CODE 3510–DS–P                                for comments sent by any other method,
                                                                                                                                                           to any other address or individual, or
                                                8 Commerce applied the assessment rate                                                                     received after the end of the comment
                                             calculation method adopted in Antidumping                                                                     period. Comments received
                                             Proceedings: Calculation of the Weighted-Average                                                              electronically, including all
                                             Dumping Margin and Assessment Rate in Certain
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             Antidumping Proceedings: Final Modification, 77                                                               attachments, must not exceed a 25-
                                             FR 8101 (February 14, 2012).                                                                                  megabyte file size. Attachments to
                                                9 See Polyethylene Terephthalate Film, Sheet, and                                                          electronic comments will be accepted in
                                             Strip from Brazil, the People’s Republic of China                                                             Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF
                                             and the United Arab Emirates: Antidumping Duty
                                             Orders and Amended Final Determination of Sales
                                                                                                                                                           file formats only. All comments
                                             at Less Than Fair Value for the United Arab                                                                   received are a part of the public record
                                             Emirates, 73 FR 66595, 66596 (November 10, 2008).                                                             and will generally be posted online at


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14418                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                           the potential to disturb a marine                     would occur from approximately May
                                             incidental/energy_other.htm without                     mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  2018 through December 2018.
                                             change. All personal identifying                        wild by causing disruption of behavioral                 The purpose of the marine site
                                             information (e.g., name, address)                       patterns, including, but not limited to,              characterization surveys is to obtain a
                                             voluntarily submitted by the commenter                  migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,              baseline assessment of seabed/sub-
                                             may be publicly accessible. Do not                      feeding, or sheltering (Level B                       surface soil conditions in the Lease Area
                                             submit confidential business                            harassment).                                          and cable route corridors to support the
                                             information or otherwise sensitive or                                                                         siting of the proposed Skipjack wind
                                                                                                     National Environmental Policy Act                     farm. Underwater sound resulting from
                                             protected information.
                                             FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                          To comply with the National                         GSOE’s proposed site characterization
                                             Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected                    Environmental Policy Act of 1969                      surveys have the potential to result in
                                             Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.                        (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and                    incidental take of marine mammals in
                                             Electronic copies of the applications                   NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)                       the form of behavioral harassment.
                                             and supporting documents, as well as a                  216–6A, NMFS must review our                          Dates and Duration
                                             list of the references cited in this                    proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
                                                                                                                                                             The site characterization surveys
                                             document, may be obtained by visiting                   incidental harassment authorization)
                                                                                                                                                           would occur between May 15, 2018, and
                                             the internet at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/                  with respect to potential impacts on the
                                                                                                                                                           December 31, 2018. During this time
                                             permits/incidental/energy_other.htm. In                 human environment.
                                                                                                                                                           period, geophysical surveys would be
                                             case of problems accessing these                          Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an                   conducted for up to 183 days and
                                             documents, please call the contact listed               Environmental Assessment (EA) to                      geotechnical surveys would be
                                             above.                                                  consider the environmental impacts                    conducted for up to 72 days. This
                                             SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                              associated with the issuance of the                   schedule is based on 24-hour operations
                                                                                                     proposed IHA. We will review all                      and includes potential down time due
                                             Background
                                                                                                     comments submitted in response to this                to inclement weather. Surveys will last
                                               Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the                  notice prior to concluding our NEPA                   for approximately seven months and are
                                             MMPA (16 U.S.C.1361 et seq.) direct the                 process or making a final decision on                 anticipated to commence upon issuance
                                             Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to                  the IHA request.                                      of the requested IHA, if appropriate.
                                             NMFS) to allow, upon request, the
                                             incidental, but not intentional, taking of              Summary of Request                                    Specific Geographic Region
                                             small numbers of marine mammals by                        On November 22, 2017, NMFS                            GSOE’s survey activities would occur
                                             U.S. citizens who engage in a specified                 received a request from GSOE for an                   in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean within
                                             activity (other than commercial fishing)                IHA to take marine mammals incidental                 Federal waters. Surveys would occur in
                                             within a specified geographical region if               to marine site characterization surveys               the Lease Area and along potential
                                             certain findings are made and either                    off the coast of Delaware in the area of              submarine cable routes to landfall
                                             regulations are issued or, if the taking is             the Commercial Lease of Submerged                     locations in the state of Maryland and
                                             limited to harassment, a notice of a                    Lands for Renewable Energy                            Delaware (see Figure 1 in the IHA
                                             proposed authorization is provided to                   Development on the Outer Continental                  application). The Lease Area is
                                             the public for review.                                  Shelf (OCS–A 0482) (Lease Area) and                   approximately 390 square kilometers
                                               An authorization for incidental                       along potential submarine cable routes                (km2) (96,430 acres). The Lease Area is
                                             takings shall be granted if NMFS finds                  to a landfall location in Maryland or                 approximately 11 miles due east from
                                             that the taking will have a negligible                  Delaware. GSOE has designated                         Rehoboth Beach, Delaware, at its closest
                                             impact on the species or stock(s), will                 Skipjack Offshore Energy, LLC                         point to shore.
                                             not have an unmitigable adverse impact                  (Skipjack), a wholly-owned indirect
                                             on the availability of the species or                                                                         Detailed Description of the Specified
                                                                                                     subsidiary of Deepwater Wind Holdings,                Activities
                                             stock(s) for subsistence uses (where                    LLC (Deepwater Wind), and an affiliate
                                             relevant), and if the permissible                       of GSOE, to perform the activities                      GSOE’s proposed marine site
                                             methods of taking and requirements                      described in the IHA application. A                   characterization surveys include HRG
                                             pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring                revised application was received on                   and geotechnical survey activities.
                                             and reporting of such takings are set                   March 19, 2018. NMFS deemed that                      Surveys would occur within the Bureau
                                             forth.                                                  request to be adequate and complete.                  of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM)
                                               NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible                         GSOE’s request is for take of 14 marine               Delaware Wind Energy Area (DE WEA)
                                             impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact                 mammal species by Level B harassment.                 which is east of Delaware (see Figure 1
                                             resulting from the specified activity that              Neither GSOE nor NMFS expects                         in the IHA application). Water depths in
                                             cannot be reasonably expected to, and is                serious injury or mortality to result from            the Lease Area range from 16 to 28
                                             not reasonably likely to, adversely affect              this activity, and the activity is expected           meters (m) (52 to 92 feet (ft)). For the
                                             the species or stock through effects on                 to last no more than one year Therefore,              purpose of this IHA the Lease Area and
                                             annual rates of recruitment or survival.                an IHA is appropriate.                                submarine cable corridor are
                                               The MMPA states that the term ‘‘take’’                                                                      collectively termed the Project Area.
                                             means to harass, hunt, capture, or kill,                Description of the Proposed Activity                    Geophysical and shallow geotechnical
                                             or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or                 Overview                                              survey activities are anticipated to be
                                             kill any marine mammal.                                                                                       supported by a vessel approximately
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                               Except with respect to certain                          GSOE proposes to conduct marine site                30–60 m (100–200 ft) long which will
                                             activities not pertinent here, the MMPA                 characterization surveys, including                   maintain a speed of between two to five
                                             defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: any act of                   high-resolution geophysical (HRG) and                 knots (kn) while transiting survey lines.
                                             pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)                geotechnical surveys, in the Lease Area               Deep geotechnical survey activities and
                                             has the potential to injure a marine                    and along potential submarine cable                   possible shallow geotechnical activities
                                             mammal or marine mammal stock in the                    routes to landfall locations in either the            are anticipated to be conducted from an
                                             wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has                  state of Maryland or Delaware. Surveys                80 to 100 m (250 to 300 ft) dynamically


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                           14419

                                             positioned (DP) vessel with support of                  duration or intensity of that response is             vibracoring is not planned in any areas
                                             a tug boat. Survey activities will be                   expected to cause disruption of                       of particular biological significance for
                                             executed in compliance with the July                    behavioral patterns (e.g., migration,                 any marine mammals. Thus while a
                                             2015 BOEM Guidelines for Providing                      breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or             marine mammal may perceive noise
                                             Geophysical, Geotechnical, and                          sheltering) or injury.                                from vibracoring and may respond
                                             Geohazard Information Pursuant to 30                       Geotechnical survey activities would               briefly, we believe the potential for this
                                             CFR part 585. The proposed HRG and                      be conducted from a drill ship equipped               response to rise to the level of take to
                                             geotechnical survey activities are                      with DP thrusters. DP thrusters would                 be so low as to be discountable, based
                                             described below.                                        be used to position the sampling vessel               on the short duration of the activity and
                                                                                                     on station and maintain position at each              the fact that marine mammals would be
                                             Geotechnical Survey Activities                          sampling location during the sampling                 expected to react to the vessel and DP
                                                GSOE’s proposed geotechnical survey                  activity. Sound produced through use of               thrusters before vibracoring commences,
                                             activities would include the following:                 DP thrusters is similar to that produced              potentially through brief avoidance. In
                                                • Vibracores to characterize the                     by transiting vessels and DP thrusters                addition, the fact that the geographic
                                             geological and geotechnical                             are typically operated either in a                    area is not biologically important for
                                             characteristics of the seabed, up to                    similarly predictable manner or used for              any marine mammal species means that
                                             approximately 5 m deep. Vibracoring                     short durations around stationary                     such reactions are not likely to carry any
                                             entails use of a hydraulic or electric                  activities. NMFS does not believe                     meaningful significance for the animals.
                                             driven pulsating head to drive a hollow                 acoustic impacts from DP thrusters are                   Field studies conducted off the coast
                                             tube into the seafloor and recover a                    likely to result in take of marine                    of Virginia to determine the underwater
                                             stratified representation of the sediment.              mammals in the absence of activity- or                noise produced by CPTs and borehole
                                                • Core Penetration Testing (CPT) to                  location-specific circumstances that                  drilling found that these activities did
                                             determine stratigraphy and in-situ                      may otherwise represent specific                      not result in underwater noise levels
                                             conditions of the sediments. Target                     concerns for marine mammals (i.e.,                    that exceeded current thresholds for
                                             penetration is 60 to 75 m.                              activities proposed in area known to be               Level B harassment of marine mammals
                                                • Deep Boring Cores would be drilled                 of particular importance for a particular             (Kalapinski, 2015). Given the small size
                                             to determine the vertical and lateral                   species), or associated activities that               and energy footprint of CPTs borehole
                                             variation in seabed conditions and                      may increase the potential to result in               drilling, NMFS believes the likelihood
                                             provide geotechnical data to depths at                  take when in concert with DP thrusters.               that noise from these activities would
                                             least 10 m deeper than design                           In this case, we are not aware of any                 exceed the Level B harassment
                                             penetration of the foundations (60 to 75                such circumstances. Monitoring of past                threshold at any appreciable distance is
                                             m target penetration).                                  projects that entailed use of DP thrusters            so low as to be discountable. Therefore,
                                                GSOE’s proposed geotechnical survey                  has shown a lack of observed marine                   geotechnical survey activities, including
                                             activities would last up to 72 days.                    mammal responses as a result of                       CPTs, borehole drilling and vibracores,
                                             Shallow geotechnical surveys,                           exposure to sound from DP thrusters.                  are not expected to result in harassment
                                             consisting of CPTs and vibracores, are                  Therefore, NMFS believes the likelihood               of marine mammals and are not
                                             planned for within the Lease Area and                   of DP thrusters used during the                       analyzed further in this document.
                                             approximately every 1–2 kilometers                      proposed geotechnical surveys resulting
                                             (km) along the export cable routes.                     in harassment of marine mammals to be                 Geophysical Survey Activities
                                             Foundation-depth geotechnical borings                   so low as to be discountable. As DP                      GSOE has proposed that HRG survey
                                             are also planned at each proposed                       thrusters are not expected to result in               operations would be conducted
                                             foundation location within the Lease                    take of marine mammals, these activities              continuously 24 hours per day. Based
                                             Area. While the quantity and locations                  are not analyzed further in this                      on 24-hour operations, the estimated
                                             of wind turbine generators to be                        document.                                             duration of the geophysical survey
                                             installed, as well as cable route, has yet                 Vibracoring entails driving a                      activities would be approximately 183
                                             to be determined, an estimate of 66                     hydraulic or electric pulsating head                  days (including estimated weather
                                             vibracores, 21 CPTs, and 22 deep                        through a hollow tube into the seafloor               down time). The geophysical survey
                                             borings are planned within the Lease                    to recover a stratified representation of             activities proposed by GSOE would
                                             Area and along the export cable routes.                 the sediment. The vibracoring process is              include the following:
                                             The geotechnical sampling will be                       short in duration and is performed from                  • Multibeam Depth Sounder to
                                             conducted from a DP vessel,                             a dynamic positioning vessel. The                     determine water depths and general
                                             approximately 80 m in length.                           vessel would use DP thrusters to                      bottom topography. The multibeam
                                                In considering whether marine                        maintain the vessel’s position while the              echosounder sonar system projects
                                             mammal harassment is an expected                        vibracore sample is taken, as described               sonar pulses in several angled beams
                                             outcome of exposure to a particular                     above. The vibracoring process would                  from a transducer mounted to a ship’s
                                             activity or sound source, NMFS                          always be performed in concert with DP                hull. The beams radiate out from the
                                             considers the nature of the exposure                    thrusters, and DP thrusters would begin               transducer in a fan-shaped pattern
                                             itself (e.g., the magnitude, frequency, or              operating prior to the activation of the              orthogonally to the ship’s direction.
                                             duration of exposure), characteristics of               vibracore to maintain the vessel’s                       • Shallow Penetration Sub-Bottom
                                             the marine mammals potentially                          position; thus, we expect that any                    Profiler (Chirp) to map the near surface
                                             exposed, and the conditions specific to                 marine mammals in the project area                    stratigraphy (top 0 to 5 m of sediment
                                             the geographic area where the activity is               would detect the presence and noise                   below seabed). A Chirp system emits
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             expected to occur (e.g., whether the                    associated with the vessel and the DP                 sonar pulses which increase in
                                             activity is planned in a foraging area,                 thrusters prior to commencement of                    frequency (3.5 to 200 kHz) over time.
                                             breeding area, nursery or pupping area,                 vibracoring. Any reaction by marine                   The pulse length frequency range can be
                                             or other biologically important area for                mammals would be expected to be                       adjusted to meet project variables.
                                             the species). We then consider the                      similar to reactions to the concurrent DP                • Medium Penetration Sub-Bottom
                                             expected response of the exposed                        thrusters, which are expected to be                   Profiler (Boomer) to map deeper
                                             animal and whether the nature and                       minor and short term. In this case,                   subsurface stratigraphy as needed. This


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14420                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             system is commonly mounted on a sled                                   toward the seafloor in multiple beams at                             engines and any other object with
                                             and towed behind a boat.                                               a wide angle, perpendicular to the path                              magnetic expression.
                                               • Medium Penetration Sub-Bottom                                      of the sensor through the water. The                                    Table 1 identifies the representative
                                             Profiler (Sparker and/or bubble gun) to                                acoustic return of the pulses is recorded                            survey equipment that may be used in
                                             map deeper subsurface stratigraphy as                                  in a series of cross-track slices, which
                                             needed. Sparkers create acoustic pulses                                                                                                     support of planned geophysical survey
                                                                                                                    can be joined to form an image of the                                activities. The make and model of the
                                             omni-directionally from the source that                                sea bottom within the swath of the
                                             can penetrate several hundred meters                                                                                                        listed geophysical equipment will vary
                                                                                                                    beam.                                                                depending on availability and the final
                                             into the seafloor. Hydrophone arrays
                                             towed nearby receive the return signals.                                 • Marine Magnetometer to detect                                    equipment choices will vary depending
                                               • Sidescan Sonar used to image the                                   ferrous metal objects on the seafloor                                upon the final survey design, vessel
                                             seafloor for seabed sediment                                           which may cause a hazard including                                   availability, and survey contractor
                                             classification purposes and to identify                                anchors, chains, cables, pipelines,                                  selection. Any survey equipment
                                             natural and man-made acoustic targets                                  ballast stones and other scattered                                   selected would have characteristics
                                             on the seafloor. The sonar device emits                                shipwreck debris, munitions of all sizes,                            similar to the systems described below,
                                             conical or fan-shaped pulses down                                      unexploded ordinances, aircraft,                                     if different.

                                                                       TABLE 1—SUMMARY OF GEOPHYSICAL SURVEY EQUIPMENT PROPOSED FOR USE BY GSOE
                                                                                                                                                                        Operational
                                                                                                                    Operating                Source level                  depth                      Beam width                   Pulse duration
                                                                 Equipment type                                    frequencies              (SLrms dB re 1             (meters below                   (degrees)                   (milliseconds)
                                                                                                                      (kHz)                   μPA @1 m)                  surface)

                                                                                                                                Multibeam Depth Sounding

                                             Reson SeaBat 7125 1 ..................................             200 and 400 .....          220 ...................   4 .......................   128 ........................    0.03 to 0.3.
                                             Reson SeaBat 7101 2 ..................................             100 ...................    162 ...................   2 to 5 ................     140 ........................    0.8 to 3.04.
                                             R2SONIC Sonic 2020 1 ................................              170 to 450 ........        162 ...................   2 to 5 ................     160 ........................    0.11.

                                                                                                                              Shallow Sub-bottom Profiling

                                             Teledyne Benthos Chirp III 3 ........................              2 to 7 ................    197 ...................   4 .......................   45 ..........................   0.2.
                                             EdgeTech SB3200 XS .................................               2 to 16 ..............     176 ...................   2 to 5 ................     170 ........................    3.4.
                                             SB2164 .........................................................

                                                                                                                     Medium Penetration Sub-bottom Profiling

                                             Applied Acoustics .........................................        0.1 to 10 ...........      175 ...................   1 to 2 ................     60 ..........................   58.
                                             Fugro boomer 1 ............................................
                                             Applied Acoustics S-Boom system—CSP–                               0.25 to 8 ...........      203 ...................   2 .......................   25 to 35 .................      0.6.
                                               D 2400HV (600 joule/pulse) 5.
                                             GeoResources 800 Joule Sparker 6 ............                      0.75 to 2.75 ......        203 ...................   4 .......................   360 (omni-direc-                0.1 to 0.2.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   tional).
                                             Falmouth Scientific HMS 620 bubble gun 7                           0.02 to 1.7 ........       196 ...................   1.5 ....................    360 (omni-direc-                1.6.
                                                                                                                                                                                                   tional).
                                             Applied Acoustics .........................................        0.03 to 5 ...........      213 ...................   1 to 2 ................     170 ........................    2.1.
                                             Dura-Spark 240 5 .........................................

                                                                                                                                          Side Scan Sonar

                                             Klein Marine Systems model 3900 1 ............                     445 and 900 .....          242 ...................   20 .....................    40 ..........................   0.025.
                                             EdgeTech model 4125 1 ..............................               105 and 410 .....          225 ...................   10 .....................    158 ........................    10 to 20.
                                             EdgeTech model 4200 1 ..............................               300 and 600 .....          215 to 220 ........       1 .......................   0.5 and 0.26 ..........         5 to 12.
                                                1 Source level obtained from equipment specifications as described in 82 FR 22250: ‘‘Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activi-
                                             ties; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Site Characterization Surveys off the Coast of New York.’’
                                                2 Source level based on published manufacturer specifications and/or systems manual.
                                                3 Source level based on published manufacturer specifications and/or systems manual—assumed configured as TTV–171 with AT–471 trans-
                                             ducer per system manual.
                                                4 Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016). Assumed to be 3200 XS with SB216. Used as proxy: 3200 XS with SB424 in 4–
                                             24 kHz mode Since the 3200 XS system manual lists same power output between SB216 and SB 424.
                                                5 Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016).
                                                6 Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016)—ELC820 used as proxy.
                                                7 Source level obtained from Crocker and Fratantonio (2016)—Used single plate 1 due to discrepancies noted in Crocker and Fratantonio
                                             (2016) regarding plate 2.


                                               The deployment of HRG survey                                         is dependent on several factors                                      specifications of the potential
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             equipment, including the equipment                                     including operating mode, frequency                                  equipment planned for use during HRG
                                             planned for use during GSOE’s planned                                  and beam direction of the HRG                                        survey activities (Table 1) were
                                             activity, produces sound in the marine                                 equipment; thus, potential impacts to                                analyzed to determine which types of
                                             environment that has the potential to                                  marine mammals from HRG equipment                                    equipment would have the potential to
                                             result in harassment of marine                                         are driven by the specification of                                   result in harassment of marine
                                             mammals. However, sound propagation                                    individual HRG sources. The                                          mammals. HRG equipment that would



                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:12 Apr 03, 2018       Jkt 244001      PO 00000      Frm 00011       Fmt 4703    Sfmt 4703      E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM           04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                                            14421

                                             be operated either at frequency ranges                     Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and                          Table 2 lists all species with expected
                                             that fall outside the functional hearing                reporting measures are described in                           potential for occurrence in the survey
                                             ranges of marine mammals (e.g., above                   detail later in this document (please see                     area and with the potential to be taken
                                             200 kHz) or that that operate within                    ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ and ‘‘Proposed                        as a result of the proposed survey and
                                             marine mammal functional hearing                        Monitoring and Reporting’’).                                  summarizes information related to the
                                             ranges but have low sound source levels                                                                               population or stock, including
                                             (e.g., a single pulse at less than 200 dB               Description of Marine Mammals in the                          regulatory status under the MMPA and
                                             re re 1 mPa) were assumed to not have                   Area of Specified Activity                                    ESA and potential biological removal
                                             the potential to result in marine                                                                                     (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we
                                                                                                        Sections 3 and 4 of GSOE’s IHA
                                             mammal harassment and were therefore                                                                                  follow Committee on Taxonomy (2017).
                                             eliminated from further analysis. Of the                application summarize available
                                                                                                     information regarding status and trends,                      PBR is defined by the MMPA as the
                                             potential HRG survey equipment                                                                                        maximum number of animals, not
                                             planned for use, the following                          distribution and habitat preferences,
                                                                                                     and behavior and life history, of the                         including natural mortalities, that may
                                             equipment was determined to have the                                                                                  be removed from a marine mammal
                                             potential to result in harassment of                    potentially affected species. Additional
                                                                                                     information regarding population trends                       stock while allowing that stock to reach
                                             marine mammals:                                                                                                       or maintain its optimum sustainable
                                                • Teledyne Benthos Chirp III Sub-                    and threats may be found in NMFS’
                                                                                                     Stock Assessment Reports (SAR;                                population (as described in NMFS’
                                             bottom Profiler;
                                                • EdgeTech Sub-bottom Profilers                      www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/) and more                          SARs). While no mortality is anticipated
                                             (Chirp);                                                general information about these species                       or authorized here, PBR is included here
                                                • Applied Acoustics Fugro Sub-                       (e.g., physical and behavioral                                as a gross indicator of the status of the
                                             bottom Profiler (Boomer);                               descriptions) may be found on NMFS’                           species and other threats.
                                                • Applied Acoustics S-Boom Sub-                      website (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/                                   Marine mammal abundance estimates
                                             bottom Profiling System consisting of a                 species/mammals/). All species that                           presented in this document represent
                                             CSP-D 2400HV power supply and 3-                        could potentially occur in the proposed                       the total number of individuals that
                                             plate catamaran;                                        survey areas are included in Table 5 of                       make up a given stock or the total
                                                • GeoResources 800 Joule Sparker;                    the IHA application. However, the                             number estimated within a particular
                                                • Falmouth Scientific HMS 620
                                                                                                     temporal and/or spatial occurrence of                         study or survey area. NMFS’ stock
                                             Bubble Gun; and
                                                • Applied Acoustics Dura-Spark 240                   several species listed in Table 5 of the                      abundance estimates for most species
                                             System;                                                 IHA application is such that take of                          represent the total estimate of
                                                As the HRG survey equipment listed                   these species is not expected to occur,                       individuals within the geographic area,
                                             above was determined to have the                        and they are not discussed further                            if known, that comprises that stock. For
                                             potential to result in harassment of                    beyond the explanation provided here.                         some species, this geographic area may
                                             marine mammals, the equipment listed                    Take of these species is not anticipated                      extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
                                             above was carried forward in the                        either because they have very low                             stocks in this region are assessed in
                                             analysis of potential impacts to marine                 densities in the project area, are known                      NMFS’ U.S. 2017 draft SARs (e.g., Hayes
                                             mammals; all other HRG equipment                        to occur further offshore than the project                    et al., 2018). All values presented in
                                             planned for use by GSOE is not                          area, or are considered very unlikely to                      Table 2 are the most recent available at
                                             expected to result in harassment of                     occur in the project area during the                          the time of publication and are available
                                             marine mammals and is therefore not                     proposed survey due to the species’                           in the 2017 draft Atlantic SARs (Hayes
                                             analyzed further in this document.                      seasonal occurrence in the area.                              et al., 2018).

                                                                               TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMALS KNOWN TO OCCUR IN THE SURVEY AREA
                                                                                                       NMFS               NMFS stock
                                                                                                     MMPA and              abundance                  Predicted                                     Occurrence and
                                                 Common name                       Stock             ESA status;         (CV,Nmin, most              abundance                      PBR 4          seasonality in the
                                                                                                      strategic              recent                    (CV) 3                                        survey area
                                                                                                       (Y/N) 1         abundance survey) 2

                                                                                                               Toothed whales (Odontoceti)

                                             Sperm whale                North Atlantic ...........   E; Y ..........   2,288 (0.28; 1,815; n/            5,353 (0.12)                       3.6   Rare.
                                               (Physeter                                                                 a).
                                               macrocephalus).
                                             Long-finned pilot          W. North Atlantic ......     —; Y .........    5,636 (0.63; 3,464; n/        6 18,977      (0.11)                   35    Rare.
                                               whale                                                                     a).
                                               (Globicephala
                                               melas).
                                             Atlantic white-sided       W. North Atlantic ......     —; N .........    48,819 (0.61; 30,403;           37,180 (0.07)                        304   Rare.
                                               dolphin                                                                   n/a).
                                               (Lagenorhynchus
                                               acutus).
                                             Atlantic spotted dol-      W. North Atlantic ......     —; N .........    44,715 (0.43; 31,610;           55,436 (0.32)                        316   Rare.
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                               phin (Stenella fron-                                                      n/a).
                                               talis).
                                             Bottlenose dolphin         W. North Atlantic,           —; N .........    77,532 (0.40; 56,053;         5 97,476      (0.06)                   561   Common year round.
                                               (Tursiops truncatus).     Offshore.                                       2011).
                                                                        W. North Atlantic,           —; N .........    6,639 (0.41; 4,759;       ............................               48    Common in summer;
                                                                         Northern Migratory                              2015).                                                                    rare in winter.
                                                                         Coastal.



                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00012    Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM              04APN1


                                             14422                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                                                      TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMALS KNOWN TO OCCUR IN THE SURVEY AREA—Continued
                                                                                                       NMFS               NMFS stock
                                                                                                     MMPA and              abundance                   Predicted                                      Occurrence and
                                                 Common name                       Stock             ESA status;         (CV,Nmin, most               abundance                      PBR 4           seasonality in the
                                                                                                      strategic              recent                     (CV) 3                                         survey area
                                                                                                       (Y/N) 1         abundance survey) 2

                                             Short-beaked com-          W. North Atlantic ......     —; N .........    70,184 (0.28; 55,690;            86,098 (0.12)                        557   Common year round.
                                               mon dolphin                                                               2011).
                                               (Delphinus delphis).
                                             Harbor porpoise            Gulf of Maine/Bay of         —; N .........    79,833 (0.32; 61,415;          * 45,089 (0.12)                        706   Common year round.
                                               (Phocoena                 Fundy.                                          2011).
                                               phocoena).

                                                                                                                  Baleen whales (Mysticeti)

                                             North Atlantic right       W. North Atlantic ......     E; Y ..........   458 (0; 455; n/a) ......            * 535 (0.45)                      1.4   Year round in conti-
                                               whale (Eubalaena                                                                                                                                      nental shelf and
                                               glacialis).                                                                                                                                           slope waters,
                                                                                                                                                                                                     occur seasonally to
                                                                                                                                                                                                     forage.
                                             Humpback whale 6           Gulf of Maine ...........    —; N .........    335 (0.42; 239; n/a)             * 1,637 (0.07)                       3.7   Common year round.
                                               (Megaptera
                                               novaeangliae).
                                             Fin whale                  W. North Atlantic ......     E; Y ..........   1,618 (0.33; 1,234; n/             4,633 (0.08)                       2.5   Year round in conti-
                                               (Balaenoptera                                                             a).                                                                         nental shelf and
                                               physalus).                                                                                                                                            slope waters,
                                                                                                                                                                                                     occur seasonally to
                                                                                                                                                                                                     forage.
                                             Sei whale                  Nova Scotia ..............   E; Y ..........   357 (0.52; 236; n/a)                    717 (0.3)                     0.5   Year round in conti-
                                               (Balaenoptera bore-                                                                                                                                   nental shelf and
                                               alis).                                                                                                                                                slope waters,
                                                                                                                                                                                                     occur seasonally to
                                                                                                                                                                                                     forage.
                                             Minke whale                Canadian East Coast          —; N .........    2,591 (0.81; 1,425; n/           * 2,112 (0.05)                       162   Year round in conti-
                                               (Balaenoptera                                                             a).                                                                         nental shelf and
                                               acutorostrata).                                                                                                                                       slope waters,
                                                                                                                                                                                                     occur seasonally to
                                                                                                                                                                                                     forage.

                                                                                                                  Earless seals (Phocidae)

                                             Gray seal 7                W. North Atlantic ......     —; N .........    27,131 (0.10; 25,908;      ............................            1,554    Rare.
                                               (Halichoerus                                                              n/a).
                                               grypus).
                                             Harbor seal (Phoca         W. North Atlantic ......     —; N .........    75,834 (0.15; 66,884;      ............................            2,006    Common year round.
                                               vitulina).                                                                2012).
                                                1 ESA status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (—) indicates that the species is not listed under the ESA
                                             or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality ex-
                                             ceeds PBR (see footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any spe-
                                             cies or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
                                                2 NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars. CV is coefficient of variation; N
                                                                                                                                                                            min is the minimum
                                             estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance estimates are actual counts of animals and
                                             there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is presented; there may be more re-
                                             cent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate. All values presented here are from the 2017 draft Atlantic SARs (Hayes et
                                             al., 2018).
                                                3 This information represents species- or guild-specific abundance predicted by recent habitat-based cetacean density models (Roberts et al.,
                                             2016). These models provide the best available scientific information regarding predicted density patterns of cetaceans in the U.S. Atlantic
                                             Ocean, and we provide the corresponding abundance predictions as a point of reference. Total abundance estimates were produced by com-
                                             puting the mean density of all pixels in the modeled area and multiplying by its area. For those species marked with an asterisk, the available in-
                                             formation supported development of either two or four seasonal models; each model has an associated abundance prediction. Here, we report
                                             the maximum predicted abundance.
                                                4 Potential biological removal, defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be re-
                                             moved from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP).
                                                5 Abundance estimates are in some cases reported for a guild or group of species when those species are difficult to differentiate at sea. Simi-
                                             larly, the habitat-based cetacean density models produced by Roberts et al. (2016) are based in part on available observational data which, in
                                             some cases, is limited to genus or guild in terms of taxonomic definition. Roberts et al. (2016) produced density models to genus level for
                                             Globicephala spp. and produced a density model for bottlenose dolphins that does not differentiate between offshore and coastal stocks.
                                                6 NMFS stock abundance estimate applies to Gulf of Maine feeding population. Actual humpback whale population in survey area is likely to be
                                             larger and to include humpback whales from additional feeding populations in unknown numbers.
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                                7 NMFS stock abundance estimate applies to U.S. population only, actual abundance is believed to be much larger.




                                                Four marine mammal species that are                  and are included in the take request:                            Below is a description of the species
                                             listed under the Endangered Species Act                 North Atlantic right whale, fin whale,                         that are both common in the survey area
                                             (ESA) may be present in the survey area                 sei whale and sperm whale.                                     east of Delaware and that have the



                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:51 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00013    Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM               04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                            14423

                                             highest likelihood of occurring, at least               (Brown and Marx 2000). During the                     North Atlantic right whale mortalities
                                             seasonally, in the survey area and thus                 proposed survey right whales may be                   have occurred since June 7, 2017,
                                             are expected to have the potential to be                migrating through the proposed survey                 including a total of 17 confirmed dead
                                             taken by the proposed activities.                       area and the surrounding waters.                      stranded whales (12 in Canada; 5 in the
                                             Though other marine mammal species                         The western North Atlantic                         United States), and an additional 5 live
                                             are known to occur in the Northwest                     population demonstrated overall growth                whale entanglements in Canada,
                                             Atlantic Ocean, the temporal and/or                     of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to               documented to date. This event has
                                             spatial occurrence of several of these                  2010, despite a decline in 1993 and no                been declared an Unusual Mortality
                                             species is such that take of these species              growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace et                 Event (UME). More information is
                                             is not expected to occur, and they are                  al. 2017). However, since 2010 the                    available online at: http://
                                             therefore not discussed further beyond                  population has been in decline, with a                www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/health/mmume/
                                             the explanation provided here. Take of                  99.99 percent probability of a decline of             2017northatlanticrightwhaleume.html.
                                             these species is not anticipated either                 just under 1 percent per year (Pace et al.
                                                                                                     2017). Between 1990 and 2015, calving                 Humpback Whale
                                             because they have very low densities in
                                             the project area (e.g., blue whale,                     rates varied substantially, with low                     Humpback whales are found
                                             Clymene dolphin, pantropical spotted                    calving rates coinciding with all three               worldwide in all oceans. The humpback
                                             dolphin, striped dolphin, spinner                       periods of decline or no growth (Pace et              whale population within the North
                                             dolphin, killer whale, false killer whale,              al. 2017). On average, North Atlantic                 Atlantic has been estimated to include
                                             pygmy killer whale, short-finned pilot                  right whale calving rates are estimated               approximately 11,570 individuals
                                             whale), or, are known to occur further                  to be roughly half that of southern right             (Waring et al., 2016). Humpback whales
                                             offshore than the project area (e.g.,                   whales (Eubalaena australis) (Pace et al.             utilize the mid-Atlantic as a migration
                                             beaked whales, rough toothed dolphin,                   2017), which are increasing in                        pathway between calving/mating
                                             Kogia spp.).                                            abundance (NMFS 2015).                                grounds to the south and feeding
                                                For the majority of species potentially                 The proposed survey area is part of                grounds in the north (Waring et al.
                                             present in the specific geographic                      the Eastern Atlantic Biologically                     2007). During winter, the majority of
                                             region, NMFS has designated only a                      Important Area (BIA) for North Atlantic               humpback whales from North Atlantic
                                             single generic stock (e.g., ‘‘western                   right whales, which is important for                  feeding areas (including the Gulf of
                                             North Atlantic’’) for management                        right whale migration in March, April,                Maine) mate and calve in the West
                                             purposes. This includes the ‘‘Canadian                  November and December; this important                 Indies, where spatial and genetic mixing
                                             east coast’’ stock of minke whales,                     migratory area is comprised of the                    among feeding groups occurs, though
                                             which includes all minke whales found                   waters of the continental shelf offshore              significant numbers of animals are
                                             in U.S. waters. For humpback and sei                    the East Coast of the United States and               found in mid- and high-latitude regions
                                             whales, NMFS defines stocks on the                      extends from Florida through                          at this time and some individuals have
                                             basis of feeding locations, i.e., Gulf of               Massachusetts. Based on the proposed                  been sighted repeatedly within the same
                                             Maine and Nova Scotia, respectively.                    survey schedule (May through                          winter season indicating that not all
                                             However, our reference to humpback                      December), the majority of the survey                 humpback whales migrate south every
                                             whales and sei whales in this document                  would occur outside the months when                   winter (Waring et al., 2016).
                                             refers to any individuals of the species                the BIA is considered important for                      A key question with regard to
                                             that are found in the specific geographic               right whale migration.                                humpback whales off the mid-Atlantic
                                             region.                                                    NMFS’ regulations at 50 CFR part                   states is their stock identity. Using fluke
                                                                                                     224.105 designated nearshore waters of                photographs of living and dead whales
                                             North Atlantic Right Whale                              the Mid-Atlantic Bight as Mid-Atlantic                observed in the region, Barco et al.
                                                The North Atlantic right whale ranges                U.S. Seasonal Management Areas (SMA)                  (2002) reported that 43 percent of 21
                                             from the calving grounds in the                         for right whales in 2008. SMAs were                   live whales matched to the Gulf of
                                             southeastern United States to feeding                   developed to reduce the threat of                     Maine, 19 percent to Newfoundland,
                                             grounds in New England waters and                       collisions between ships and right                    and 4.8 percent to the Gulf of St
                                             into Canadian waters (Waring et al.,                    whales around their migratory route and               Lawrence, while 31.6 percent of 19 dead
                                             2016). Surveys have demonstrated the                    calving grounds. Within SMAs,                         humpbacks were known Gulf of Maine
                                             existence of seven areas where North                    mandatory vessel speed restrictions                   whales. Although the population
                                             Atlantic right whales congregate                        (less than 10 kn) are in place for vessels            composition of the mid-Atlantic is
                                             seasonally, including Georges Bank,                     greater than 65 ft. A portion of one SMA              apparently dominated by Gulf of Maine
                                             Cape Cod, and Massachusetts Bay                         overlaps spatially with the northern                  whales, lack of photographic effort in
                                             (Waring et al., 2016). In the late fall                 section of the proposed survey area.                  Newfoundland makes it likely that the
                                             months (e.g., October), right whales                    This SMA, which occurs off the mouth                  observed match rates under-represent
                                             generally depart from the feeding                       of the Delaware Bay, is active from                   the true presence of Canadian whales in
                                             grounds in the North Atlantic and move                  November 1 through April 30 of each                   the region (Waring et al., 2016). Barco et
                                             south to their breeding grounds.                        year. Any survey vessels greater than 65              al. (2002) suggested that the mid-
                                             Movements within and between habitats                   ft in length would be required to adhere              Atlantic region primarily represents a
                                             are extensive, and the area off the mid-                to the mandatory vessel speed                         supplemental winter feeding ground
                                             Atlantic states is an important migratory               restrictions when operating within the                used by humpbacks.
                                             corridor (Waring et al., 2016). In 2000,                SMA (when the SMA is active from                         Since January 2016, elevated
                                             one whale was photographed in Florida                   November 1 through April 30).                         humpback whale mortalities have
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             waters on January 12, then again 11                        The current abundance estimate for                 occurred along the Atlantic coast from
                                             days later in Cape Cod Bay, less than a                 this stock is 458 individuals (Hayes et               Maine through North Carolina. Partial or
                                             month later off Georgia, and back in                    al., 2018). Data indicates that the                   full necropsy examinations have been
                                             Cape Cod Bay five weeks later,                          number of adult females fell from 200 in              conducted on approximately half of the
                                             effectively making the round-trip                       2010 to 186 in 2015 while males fell                  62 known cases. A portion of the whales
                                             migration to the Southeast and back at                  from 283 to 272 in the same timeframe                 have shown evidence of pre-mortem
                                             least twice during the winter season                    (Pace et al., 2017). In addition, elevated            vessel strike; however, this finding is


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14424                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             not consistent across all of the whales                 fall are times of relatively widespread               Atlantic White-Sided Dolphin
                                             examined so more research is needed.                    and common occurrence, and when the                      White-sided dolphins are found in
                                             NOAA is consulting with researchers                     whales are most abundant in New                       temperate and sub-polar waters of the
                                             that are conducting studies on the                      England waters, while during winter the               North Atlantic, primarily in continental
                                             humpback whale populations, and these                   species appears to be largely absent                  shelf waters to the 100-m depth contour
                                             efforts may provide information on                      (Waring et al., 2016). The main threats               from central West Greenland to North
                                             changes in whale distribution and                       to this stock are interactions with                   Carolina (Waring et al., 2016). The Gulf
                                             habitat use that could provide                          fisheries, strandings, and vessel                     of Maine stock is most common in
                                             additional insight into how these vessel                collisions.                                           continental shelf waters from Hudson
                                             interactions occurred. Three previous
                                                                                                     Sperm Whale                                           Canyon to Georges Bank, and in the Gulf
                                             UMEs involving humpback whales have
                                                                                                                                                           of Maine and lower Bay of Fundy.
                                             occurred since 2000, in 2003, 2005, and
                                                                                                       The distribution of the sperm whale                 Sighting data indicate seasonal shifts in
                                             2006. More information is available at
                                                                                                     in the U.S. EEZ occurs on the                         distribution (Northridge et al., 1997).
                                             www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/health/mmume/
                                                                                                     continental shelf edge, over the                      During January to May, low numbers of
                                             2017humpbackatlanticume.html.
                                                                                                     continental slope, and into mid-ocean                 white-sided dolphins are found from
                                             Fin Whale                                               regions (Waring et al., 2014). The basic              Georges Bank to Jeffreys Ledge (off New
                                                Fin whales are common in waters of                   social unit of the sperm whale appears                Hampshire), with even lower numbers
                                             the U.S. Atlantic Exclusive Economic                    to be the mixed school of adult females               south of Georges Bank, as documented
                                             Zone (EEZ), principally from Cape                       plus their calves and some juveniles of               by a few strandings collected on beaches
                                             Hatteras northward (Waring et al.,                      both sexes, normally numbering 20–40                  of Virginia to South Carolina. From June
                                             2016). Fin whales are present north of                  animals in all. There is evidence that                through September, large numbers of
                                             35-degree latitude in every season and                  some social bonds persist for many                    white-sided dolphins are found from
                                             are broadly distributed throughout the                  years (Christal et al., 1998). This species           Georges Bank to the lower Bay of
                                             western North Atlantic for most of the                  forms stable social groups, site fidelity,            Fundy. From October to December,
                                             year (Waring et al., 2016). Fin whales                  and latitudinal range limitations in                  white-sided dolphins occur at
                                             are found in small groups of up to 5                    groups of females and juveniles                       intermediate densities from southern
                                             individuals (Brueggeman et al., 1987).                  (Whitehead, 2002). In summer, the                     Georges Bank to southern Gulf of Maine
                                             The main threats to fin whales are                      distribution of sperm whales includes                 (Payne and Heinemann 1990). Sightings
                                             fishery interactions and vessel collisions              the area east and north of Georges Bank               south of Georges Bank, particularly
                                             (Waring et al., 2016).                                  and into the Northeast Channel region,                around Hudson Canyon, occur year
                                                                                                     as well as the continental shelf (inshore             round but at low densities. The main
                                             Sei Whale                                                                                                     threat to this species is interactions with
                                                                                                     of the 100-m isobath) south of New
                                               The Nova Scotia stock of sei whales                   England. In the fall, sperm whale                     fisheries.
                                             can be found in deeper waters of the                    occurrence south of New England on the                Atlantic Spotted Dolphin
                                             continental shelf edge waters of the                    continental shelf is at its highest level,
                                             northeastern U.S. and northeastward to                  and there remains a continental shelf                    Atlantic spotted dolphins are found in
                                             south of Newfoundland. The southern                     edge occurrence in the mid-Atlantic                   tropical and warm temperate waters
                                             portion of the stock’s range during                     bight. In winter, sperm whales are                    ranging from southern New England,
                                             spring and summer includes the Gulf of                  concentrated east and northeast of Cape               south to Gulf of Mexico and the
                                             Maine and Georges Bank. Spring is the                   Hatteras. The current abundance                       Caribbean to Venezuela (Waring et al.,
                                             period of greatest abundance in U.S.                    estimate for this stock is 2,288 (Hayes et            2014). This stock regularly occurs in
                                             waters, with sightings concentrated                     al., 2017).                                           continental shelf waters south of Cape
                                             along the eastern margin of Georges                                                                           Hatteras and in continental shelf edge
                                             Bank and into the Northeast Channel                     Long-Finned Pilot Whale                               and continental slope waters north of
                                             area, and along the southwestern edge of                                                                      this region (Waring et al., 2014). There
                                             Georges Bank in the area of                                Long-finned pilot whales are found                 are two forms of this species, with the
                                             Hydrographer Canyon (Waring et al.,                     from North Carolina and north to                      larger ecotype inhabiting the continental
                                             2015). Sei whales occur in shallower                    Iceland, Greenland and the Barents Sea                shelf and is usually found inside or near
                                             waters to feed. Sei whales are listed as                (Waring et al., 2016). In U.S. Atlantic               the 200 m isobaths (Waring et al., 2014).
                                             engendered under the ESA, and the                       waters the species is distributed                     Atlantic spotted dolphins are not listed
                                             Nova Scotia stock is considered strategic               principally along the continental shelf               under the ESA, and the stock is not
                                             and depleted under the MMPA. The                        edge off the northeastern U.S. coast in               considered depleted or strategic under
                                             main threats to this stock are                          winter and early spring and in late                   the MMPA. The main threat to this
                                             interactions with fisheries and vessel                  spring, pilot whales move onto Georges                species is interactions with fisheries.
                                             collisions.                                             Bank and into the Gulf of Maine and
                                                                                                     more northern waters and remain in                    Short-Beaked Common Dolphin
                                             Minke Whale                                             these areas through late autumn (Waring                 The short-beaked common dolphin is
                                                Minke whales can be found in                         et al., 2016). Long-finned pilot whales               found world-wide in temperate to
                                             temperate, tropical, and high-latitude                  are not listed under the ESA. The                     subtropical seas. In the North Atlantic,
                                             waters. The Canadian East Coast stock                   Western North Atlantic stock is                       short-beaked common dolphins are
                                             can be found in the area from the                       considered strategic under the MMPA.                  commonly found over the continental
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             western half of the Davis Strait (45° W)                The main threats to this species include              shelf between the 100-m and 2000-m
                                             to the Gulf of Mexico (Waring et al.,                   interactions with fisheries and habitat               isobaths and over prominent
                                             2016). This species generally occupies                  issues including exposure to high levels              underwater topography and east to the
                                             waters less than 100 m deep on the                      of polychlorinated biphenyls and                      mid-Atlantic Ridge (Waring et al., 2016).
                                             continental shelf. There appears to be a                chlorinated pesticides, and toxic metals              Only the western North Atlantic stock
                                             strong seasonal component to minke                      including mercury, lead, cadmium, and                 may be present in the Lease Area. The
                                             whale distribution in which spring to                   selenium (Waring et al., 2016).                       current abundance estimate for this


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                          14425

                                             stock is 70,184 animals (Hayes et al.,                  fisheries and in the Canadian herring                 behavioral response data, audiograms
                                             2017). The main threat to this species is               weir fisheries (Waring et al., 2016).                 derived using auditory evoked potential
                                             interactions with fisheries.                                                                                  techniques, anatomical modeling, and
                                                                                                     Harbor Seal
                                                                                                                                                           other data. Note that no direct
                                             Bottlenose Dolphin                                        The harbor seal is found in all                     measurements of hearing ability have
                                                There are two distinct bottlenose                    nearshore waters of the North Atlantic                been successfully completed for
                                             dolphin morphotypes in the western                      and North Pacific Oceans and adjoining                mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
                                             North Atlantic: the coastal and offshore                seas above about 30° N (Burns, 2009). In              cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016)
                                             forms (Waring et al., 2016). The offshore               the western North Atlantic, harbor seals              described generalized hearing ranges for
                                             form is distributed primarily along the                 are distributed from the eastern                      these marine mammal hearing groups.
                                             outer continental shelf and continental                 Canadian Arctic and Greenland south to                Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
                                             slope in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean                   southern New England and New York,                    based on the approximately 65 dB
                                             from Georges Bank to the Florida Keys.                  and occasionally to the Carolinas                     threshold from the normalized
                                             The coastal morphotype is                               (Waring et al., 2016). Haulout and                    composite audiograms, with the
                                             morphologically and genetically distinct                pupping sites are located off Manomet,                exception for lower limits for low-
                                             from the larger, more robust                            MA and the Isles of Shoals, ME, but                   frequency cetaceans where the lower
                                             morphotype that occupies habitats                       generally do not occur in areas in                    bound was deemed to be biologically
                                             further offshore. Spatial distribution                  southern New England (Waring et al.,                  implausible and the lower bound from
                                             data, tag-telemetry studies, photo-ID                   2016). The current abundance estimate                 Southall et al. (2007) retained. The
                                             studies and genetic studies demonstrate                 for this stock is 75,834 (Hayes et al.,               functional groups and the associated
                                             the existence of a distinct Northern                    2017). The main threat to this species is             frequencies are indicated below (note
                                             Migratory stock of coastal bottlenose                   interactions with fisheries.                          that these frequency ranges correspond
                                             dolphins (Waring et al., 2014). During                  Gray Seal                                             to the range for the composite group,
                                             summer months (July-August), this                                                                             with the entire range not necessarily
                                                                                                       There are three major populations of                reflecting the capabilities of every
                                             stock occupies coastal waters from the                  gray seals found in the world; eastern
                                             shoreline to approximately the 25 m                                                                           species within that group):
                                                                                                     Canada (western North Atlantic stock),                   • Low-frequency cetaceans
                                             isobath between the Chesapeake Bay                      northwestern Europe and the Baltic Sea.
                                             mouth and Long Island, New York;                                                                              (mysticetes): Generalized hearing is
                                                                                                     Gray seals in the survey area belong to               estimated to occur between
                                             during winter months (January-March),                   the western North Atlantic stock. The
                                             the stock occupies coastal waters from                                                                        approximately 7 Hertz (Hz) and 35
                                                                                                     range for this stock is thought to be from            kilohertz (kHz);
                                             Cape Lookout, North Carolina, to the                    New Jersey to Labrador. Though gray                      • Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger
                                             North Carolina/Virginia border (Waring                  seals are not regularly sighted in                    toothed whales, beaked whales, and
                                             et al., 2014). The Western North                        Delaware their range has been                         most delphinids): Generalized hearing is
                                             Atlantic northern migratory coastal                     expanding southward in recent years,                  estimated to occur between
                                             stock and the Western North Atlantic                    and they have been observed recently as               approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
                                             offshore stock may be encountered by                    far south as the barrier islands of                      • High-frequency cetaceans
                                             the proposed survey.                                    Virginia. Current population trends                   (porpoises, river dolphins, and members
                                                The main threat to bottlenose                        show that gray seal abundance is likely               of the genera Kogia and
                                             dolphins is interactions with fisheries.                increasing in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ                   Cephalorhynchus; including two
                                             Bottlenose dolphins are not listed as                   (Waring et al., 2016). Although the rate              members of the genus Lagenorhynchus,
                                             threatened or endangered under the                      of increase is unknown, surveys                       on the basis of recent echolocation data
                                             ESA. The Western North Atlantic                         conducted since their arrival in the                  and genetic data): Generalized hearing is
                                             offshore stock is not a strategic stock                 1980s indicate a steady increase in                   estimated to occur between
                                             under the MMPA, but the Northern                        abundance in both Maine and                           approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
                                             Migratory Coastal Stock is a strategic                  Massachusetts (Waring et al., 2016). It is               • Pinnipeds in water; Phocidae (true
                                             stock under the MMPA due to the                         believed that recolonization by                       seals): Generalized hearing is estimated
                                             depleted listing under the MMPA.                        Canadian gray seals is the source of the              to occur between approximately 50 Hz
                                             Harbor Porpoise                                         U.S. population (Waring et al., 2016).                to 86 kHz;
                                                                                                                                                              The pinniped functional hearing
                                                In the Lease Area, only the Gulf of                  Marine Mammal Hearing                                 group was modified from Southall et al.
                                             Maine/Bay of Fundy stock may be                           Hearing is the most important sensory               (2007) on the basis of data indicating
                                             present. This stock is found in U.S. and                modality for marine mammals                           that phocid species have consistently
                                             Canadian Atlantic waters and is                         underwater, and exposure to                           demonstrated an extended frequency
                                             concentrated in the northern Gulf of                    anthropogenic sound can have                          range of hearing compared to otariids,
                                             Maine and southern Bay of Fundy                         deleterious effects. To appropriately                 especially in the higher frequency range
                                             region, generally in waters less than 150               assess the potential effects of exposure              (Hemilä et al., 2006; Kastelein et al.,
                                             m deep (Waring et al., 2016). They are                  to sound, it is necessary to understand               2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).
                                             seen from the coastline to deep waters                  the frequency ranges marine mammals                      For more detail concerning these
                                             (≤1800 m; Westgate et al. 1998),                        are able to hear. Current data indicate               groups and associated frequency ranges,
                                             although the majority of the population                 that not all marine mammal species                    please see NMFS (2016) for a review of
                                             is found over the continental shelf                     have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,                available information. Eleven marine
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             (Waring et al., 2016). The current                      Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and                  mammal species (nine cetacean and two
                                             abundance estimate for this stock is                    Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).                 pinniped (both phocid) species) have
                                             79,883 (Hayes et al., 2017). The main                   To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007)               the reasonable potential to co-occur
                                             threat to the species is interactions with              recommended that marine mammals be                    with the proposed survey activities.
                                             fisheries, with documented take in the                  divided into functional hearing groups                Please refer to Table 2. Of the cetacean
                                             U.S. northeast sink gillnet, mid-Atlantic               based on directly measured or estimated               species that may be present, five are
                                             gillnet, and northeast bottom trawl                     hearing ranges on the basis of available              classified as low-frequency cetaceans


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14426                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             (i.e., all mysticete species), six are                  expressed through averaged units rather               mammals produce sounds in various
                                             classified as mid-frequency cetaceans                   than by peak pressures.                               contexts and use sound for various
                                             (i.e., all delphinid species and the sperm                 When sound travels (propagates) from               biological functions including, but not
                                             whale), and one is classified as a high-                its source, its loudness decreases as the             limited to: (1) Social interactions; (2)
                                             frequency cetacean (i.e., harbor                        distance traveled by the sound                        foraging; (3) orientation; and (4)
                                             porpoise).                                              increases. Thus, the loudness of a sound              predator detection. Interference with
                                                                                                     at its source is higher than the loudness             producing or receiving these sounds
                                             Potential Effects of Specified Activities               of that same sound one km away.                       may result in adverse impacts. Audible
                                             on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat                     Acousticians often refer to the loudness              distance, or received levels of sound
                                                This section includes a summary and                  of a sound at its source (typically                   depend on the nature of the sound
                                             discussion of the ways that components                  referenced to one meter from the source)              source, ambient noise conditions, and
                                             of the specified activity may impact                    as the source level and the loudness of               the sensitivity of the receptor to the
                                             marine mammals and their habitat. The                   sound elsewhere as the received level                 sound (Richardson et al., 1995). Type
                                             ‘‘Estimated Take’’ section later in this                (i.e., typically the receiver). For                   and significance of marine mammal
                                             document includes a quantitative                        example, a humpback whale 3 km from                   reactions to sound are likely dependent
                                             analysis of the number of individuals                   a device that has a source level of 230               on a variety of factors including, but not
                                             that are expected to be taken by this                   dB may only be exposed to sound that                  limited to, (1) the behavioral state of the
                                             activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact                       is 160 dB loud, depending on how the                  animal (e.g., feeding, traveling, etc.); (2)
                                             Analysis and Determination’’ section                    sound travels through water (e.g.,                    frequency of the sound; (3) distance
                                             considers the content of this section, the              spherical spreading (6 dB reduction                   between the animal and the source; and
                                             ‘‘Estimated Take’’ section, and the                     with doubling of distance) was used in                (4) the level of the sound relative to
                                             ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ section, to draw                this example). As a result, it is                     ambient conditions (Southall et al.,
                                             conclusions regarding the likely impacts                important to understand the difference                2007).
                                             of these activities on the reproductive                 between source levels and received                       When considering the influence of
                                             success or survivorship of individuals                  levels when discussing the loudness of                various kinds of sound on the marine
                                             and how those impacts on individuals                    sound in the ocean or its impacts on the              environment, it is necessary to
                                             are likely to impact marine mammal                      marine environment.                                   understand that different kinds of
                                             species or stocks.                                         As sound travels from a source, its                marine life are sensitive to different
                                                                                                     propagation in water is influenced by                 frequencies of sound. Current data
                                             Background on Sound
                                                                                                     various physical characteristics,                     indicate that not all marine mammal
                                                Sound is a physical phenomenon                       including water temperature, depth,                   species have equal hearing capabilities
                                             consisting of minute vibrations that                    salinity, and surface and bottom                      (Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
                                             travel through a medium, such as air or                 properties that cause refraction,                     Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
                                             water, and is generally characterized by                reflection, absorption, and scattering of                Animals are less sensitive to sounds
                                             several variables. Frequency describes                  sound waves. Oceans are not                           at the outer edges of their functional
                                             the sound’s pitch and is measured in Hz                 homogeneous and the contribution of                   hearing range and are more sensitive to
                                             or kHz, while sound level describes the                 each of these individual factors is                   a range of frequencies within the middle
                                             sound’s intensity and is measured in                    extremely complex and interrelated.                   of their functional hearing range. For
                                             decibels (dB). Sound level increases or                 The physical characteristics that                     mid-frequency cetaceans, functional
                                             decreases exponentially with each dB of                 determine the sound’s speed through                   hearing estimates occur between
                                             change. The logarithmic nature of the                   the water will change with depth,                     approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz with
                                             scale means that each 10-dB increase is                 season, geographic location, and with                 best hearing estimated to occur between
                                             a 10-fold increase in acoustic power                    time of day (as a result, in actual active            approximately 10 to less than 100 kHz
                                             (and a 20-dB increase is then a 100-fold                sonar operations, crews will measure                  (Finneran et al., 2005 and 2009,
                                             increase in power). A 10-fold increase in               oceanic conditions, such as sea water                 Natchtigall et al., 2005 and 2008; Yuen
                                             acoustic power does not mean that the                   temperature and depth, to calibrate                   et al., 2005; Popov et al., 2011; and
                                             sound is perceived as being 10 times                    models that determine the path the                    Schlundt et al., 2011).
                                             louder, however. Sound levels are                       sonar signal will take as it travels
                                             compared to a reference sound pressure                                                                        Hearing Impairment
                                                                                                     through the ocean and how strong the
                                             (micro-Pascal) to identify the medium.                  sound signal will be at a given range                    Marine mammals may experience
                                             For air and water, these reference                      along a particular transmission path). As             temporary or permanent hearing
                                             pressures are ‘‘re: 20 micro Pascals                    sound travels through the ocean, the                  impairment when exposed to loud
                                             (mPa)’’ and ‘‘re: 1 mPa,’’ respectively.                intensity associated with the wavefront               sounds. Hearing impairment is
                                             Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic                 diminishes, or attenuates. This decrease              classified by temporary threshold shift
                                             mean sound pressure over the duration                   in intensity is referred to as propagation            (TTS) and permanent threshold shift
                                             of an impulse. Root mean square is                      loss, also commonly called transmission               (PTS). PTS is considered auditory injury
                                             calculated by squaring all of the sound                 loss.                                                 (Southall et al., 2007) and occurs in a
                                             amplitudes, averaging the squares, and                                                                        specific frequency range and amount.
                                             then taking the square root of the                      Acoustic Impacts                                      Irreparable damage to the inner or outer
                                             average (Urick 1975). Root mean square                     Geophysical surveys may temporarily                cochlear hair cells may cause PTS;
                                             accounts for both positive and negative                 impact marine mammals in the area due                 however, other mechanisms are also
                                             values; squaring the pressures makes all                to elevated in-water sound levels.                    involved, such as exceeding the elastic
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             values positive so that they may be                     Marine mammals are continually                        limits of certain tissues and membranes
                                             accounted for in the summation of                       exposed to many sources of sound.                     in the middle and inner ears and
                                             pressure levels. This measurement is                    Naturally occurring sounds such as                    resultant changes in the chemical
                                             often used in the context of discussing                 lightning, rain, sub-sea earthquakes, and             composition of the inner ear fluids
                                             behavioral effects, in part because                     biological sounds (e.g., snapping                     (Southall et al., 2007). There are no
                                             behavioral effects, which often result                  shrimp, whale songs) are widespread                   empirical data for onset of PTS in any
                                             from auditory cues, may be better                       throughout the world’s oceans. Marine                 marine mammal; therefore, PTS-onset


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                          14427

                                             must be estimated from TTS-onset                        and California sea lion (Zalophus                     short pulses and duration of the sound.
                                             measurements and from the rate of TTS                   californianus)) exposed to a limited                  Even for high-frequency cetacean
                                             growth with increasing exposure levels                  number of sound sources (i.e., mostly                 species (e.g., harbor porpoises), which
                                             above the level eliciting TTS-onset. PTS                tones and octave-band noise) in                       may have increased sensitivity to TTS
                                             is presumed to be likely if the hearing                 laboratory settings (e.g., Finneran et al.,           (Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein et al.,
                                             threshold is reduced by ≥ 40 dB (that is,               2002 and 2010; Nachtigall et al., 2004;               2012b), individuals would have to make
                                             40 dB of TTS).                                          Kastak et al., 2005; Lucke et al., 2009;              a very close approach and also remain
                                                TTS is the mildest form of hearing                   Mooney et al., 2009; Popov et al., 2011;              very close to vessels operating these
                                             impairment that can occur during                        Finneran and Schlundt, 2010). In                      sources in order to receive multiple
                                             exposure to a loud sound (Kryter 1985).                 general, harbor seals (Kastak et al., 2005;           exposures at relatively high levels, as
                                             While experiencing TTS, the hearing                     Kastelein et al., 2012a) and harbor                   would be necessary to cause TTS.
                                             threshold rises and a sound must be                     porpoises (Lucke et al., 2009; Kastelein              Intermittent exposures—as would occur
                                             stronger in order to be heard. At least in              et al., 2012b) have a lower TTS onset                 due to the brief, transient signals
                                             terrestrial mammals, TTS can last from                  than other measured pinniped or                       produced by these sources—require a
                                             minutes or hours to (in cases of strong                 cetacean species. However, even for                   higher cumulative SEL to induce TTS
                                             TTS) days, can be limited to a particular               these animals, which are better able to               than would continuous exposures of the
                                             frequency range, and can occur to                       hear higher frequencies and may be                    same duration (i.e., intermittent
                                             varying degrees (i.e., a loss of a certain              more sensitive to higher frequencies,                 exposure results in lower levels of TTS)
                                             number of dBs of sensitivity). For sound                exposures on the order of approximately               (Mooney et al., 2009a; Finneran et al.,
                                             exposures at or somewhat above the                      170 dB rms or higher for brief transient              2010). Moreover, most marine mammals
                                             TTS threshold, hearing sensitivity in                   signals are likely required for even                  would more likely avoid a loud sound
                                             both terrestrial and marine mammals                     temporary (recoverable) changes in                    source rather than swim in such close
                                             recovers rapidly after exposure to the                  hearing sensitivity that would likely not             proximity as to result in TTS. Kremser
                                             noise ends.                                             be categorized as physiologically                     et al. (2005) noted that the probability
                                                Marine mammal hearing plays a                        damaging (Lucke et al., 2009).                        of a cetacean swimming through the
                                             critical role in communication with                     Additionally, the existing marine                     area of exposure when a sub-bottom
                                             conspecifics and in interpretation of                   mammal TTS data come from a limited                   profiler emits a pulse is small—because
                                             environmental cues for purposes such                    number of individuals within these                    if the animal was in the area, it would
                                             as predator avoidance and prey capture.                 species. There are no data available on               have to pass the transducer at close
                                             Depending on the degree (elevation of                   noise-induced hearing loss for                        range in order to be subjected to sound
                                             threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery              mysticetes. For summaries of data on                  levels that could cause TTS and would
                                             time), and frequency range of TTS and                   TTS in marine mammals or for further                  likely exhibit avoidance behavior to the
                                             the context in which it is experienced,                 discussion of TTS onset thresholds,                   area near the transducer rather than
                                             TTS can have effects on marine                          please see Finneran (2016).                           swim through at such a close range.
                                             mammals ranging from discountable to                       Scientific literature highlights the               Further, the restricted beam shape of the
                                             serious. For example, a marine mammal                   inherent complexity of predicting TTS                 sub-bottom profiler and other HRG
                                             may be able to readily compensate for                   onset in marine mammals, as well as the               survey equipment makes it unlikely that
                                             a brief, relatively small amount of TTS                 importance of considering exposure                    an animal would be exposed more than
                                             in a non-critical frequency range that                  duration when assessing potential                     briefly during the passage of the vessel.
                                             takes place during a time when the                      impacts (Mooney et al., 2009a, 2009b;                 Boebel et al. (2005) concluded similarly
                                             animals is traveling through the open                   Kastak et al., 2007). Generally, with                 for single and multibeam echosounders
                                             ocean, where ambient noise is lower                     sound exposures of equal energy,                      and, more recently, Lurton (2016)
                                             and there are not as many competing                     quieter sounds (lower sound pressure                  conducted a modeling exercise and
                                             sounds present. Alternatively, a larger                 levels (SPL)) of longer duration were                 concluded similarly that likely potential
                                             amount and longer duration of TTS                       found to induce TTS onset more than                   for acoustic injury from these types of
                                             sustained during a time when                            louder sounds (higher SPL) of shorter                 systems is negligible but that behavioral
                                             communication is critical for successful                duration (more similar to sub-bottom                  response cannot be ruled out. Animals
                                             mother/calf interactions could have                     profilers). For intermittent sounds, less             may avoid the area around the survey
                                             more serious impacts if it were in the                  threshold shift will occur than from a                vessels, thereby reducing exposure. Any
                                             same frequency band as the necessary                    continuous exposure with the same                     disturbance to marine mammals is
                                             vocalizations and of a severity that it                 energy (some recovery will occur                      likely to be in the form of temporary
                                             impeded communication. The fact that                    between intermittent exposures) (Kryter               avoidance or alteration of opportunistic
                                             animals exposed to levels and durations                 et al., 1966; Ward 1997). For sound                   foraging behavior near the survey
                                             of sound that would be expected to                      exposures at or somewhat above the                    location.
                                             result in this physiological response                   TTS-onset threshold, hearing sensitivity
                                             would also be expected to have                          recovers rapidly after exposure to the                Masking
                                             behavioral responses of a comparatively                 sound ends; intermittent exposures                      Masking is the obscuring of sounds of
                                             more severe or sustained nature is also                 recover faster in comparison with                     interest to an animal by other sounds,
                                             notable and potentially of more                         continuous exposures of the same                      typically at similar frequencies. Marine
                                             importance than the simple existence of                 duration (Finneran et al., 2010). NMFS                mammals are highly dependent on
                                             a TTS.                                                  considers TTS as Level B harassment                   sound, and their ability to recognize
                                                Currently, TTS data only exist for four              that is mediated by physiological effects             sound signals amid other sound is
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             species of cetaceans (bottlenose                        on the auditory system.                               important in communication and
                                             dolphin, beluga whale (Delphinapterus                      Animals in the Lease Area during the               detection of both predators and prey
                                             leucas), harbor porpoise, and Yangtze                   HRG survey are unlikely to incur TTS                  (Tyack 2000). Background ambient
                                             finless porpoise (Neophocaena                           hearing impairment due to the                         sound may interfere with or mask the
                                             phocaenoides)) and three species of                     characteristics of the sound sources,                 ability of an animal to detect a sound
                                             pinnipeds (northern elephant seal                       which include low source levels (208 to               signal even when that signal is above its
                                             (Mirounga angustirostris), harbor seal,                 221 dB re 1 mPa-m) and generally very                 absolute hearing threshold. Even in the


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14428                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             absence of anthropogenic sound, the                     Non-Auditory Physical Effects (Stress)                response. During a stress response, an
                                             marine environment is often loud.                          Classic stress responses begin when                animal uses glycogen stores that can be
                                             Natural ambient sound includes                          an animal’s central nervous system                    quickly replenished once the stress is
                                             contributions from wind, waves,                         perceives a potential threat to its                   alleviated. In such circumstances, the
                                             precipitation, other animals, and (at                   homeostasis. That perception triggers                 cost of the stress response would not
                                             frequencies above 30 kHz) thermal                       stress responses regardless of whether a              pose a risk to the animal’s welfare.
                                             sound resulting from molecular                          stimulus actually threatens the animal;               However, when an animal does not have
                                             agitation (Richardson et al., 1995).                    the mere perception of a threat is                    sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the
                                                                                                     sufficient to trigger a stress response               energetic costs of a stress response,
                                                Background sound may also include                                                                          energy resources must be diverted from
                                             anthropogenic sound, and masking of                     (Moberg 2000; Seyle 1950). Once an
                                                                                                                                                           other biotic function, which impairs
                                             natural sounds can result when human                    animal’s central nervous system
                                                                                                                                                           those functions that experience the
                                             activities produce high levels of                       perceives a threat, it mounts a biological
                                                                                                                                                           diversion. For example, when mounting
                                             background sound. Conversely, if the                    response or defense that consists of a
                                                                                                                                                           a stress response diverts energy away
                                             background level of underwater sound                    combination of the four general
                                                                                                                                                           from growth in young animals, those
                                             is high (e.g., on a day with strong wind                biological defense responses: behavioral
                                                                                                                                                           animals may experience stunted growth.
                                             and high waves), an anthropogenic                       responses, autonomic nervous system
                                                                                                                                                           When mounting a stress response
                                             sound source would not be detectable as                 responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
                                                                                                                                                           diverts energy from a fetus, an animal’s
                                                                                                     immune responses.
                                             far away as would be possible under                                                                           reproductive success and its fitness will
                                                                                                        In the case of many stressors, an
                                             quieter conditions and would itself be                                                                        suffer. In these cases, the animals will
                                                                                                     animal’s first and sometimes most
                                             masked. Ambient sound is highly                                                                               have entered a pre-pathological or
                                                                                                     economical (in terms of biotic costs)
                                             variable on continental shelves                                                                               pathological state which is called
                                                                                                     response is behavioral avoidance of the
                                             (Myrberg 1978; Desharnais et al., 1999).                                                                      ‘‘distress’’ (Seyle 1950) or ‘‘allostatic
                                                                                                     potential stressor or avoidance of
                                             This results in a high degree of                                                                              loading’’ (McEwen and Wingfield 2003).
                                                                                                     continued exposure to a stressor. An
                                             variability in the range at which marine                                                                      This pathological state will last until the
                                                                                                     animal’s second line of defense to                    animal replenishes its biotic reserves
                                             mammals can detect anthropogenic                        stressors involves the sympathetic part
                                             sounds.                                                                                                       sufficient to restore normal function.
                                                                                                     of the autonomic nervous system and                   Note that these examples involved a
                                                Although masking is a phenomenon                     the classical ‘‘fight or flight’’ response            long-term (days or weeks) stress
                                             which may occur naturally, the                          which includes the cardiovascular                     response exposure to stimuli.
                                             introduction of loud anthropogenic                      system, the gastrointestinal system, the                 Relationships between these
                                             sounds into the marine environment at                   exocrine glands, and the adrenal                      physiological mechanisms, animal
                                             frequencies important to marine                         medulla to produce changes in heart                   behavior, and the costs of stress
                                             mammals increases the severity and                      rate, blood pressure, and gastrointestinal            responses have also been documented
                                             frequency of occurrence of masking. For                 activity that humans commonly                         fairly well through controlled
                                             example, if a baleen whale is exposed to                associate with ‘‘stress.’’ These responses            experiments; because this physiology
                                             continuous low-frequency sound from                     have a relatively short duration and may              exists in every vertebrate that has been
                                             an industrial source, this would reduce                 or may not have significant long-term                 studied, it is not surprising that stress
                                             the size of the area around that whale                  effect on an animal’s welfare.                        responses and their costs have been
                                             within which it can hear the calls of                      An animal’s third line of defense to               documented in both laboratory and free-
                                             another whale. The components of                        stressors involves its neuroendocrine                 living animals (for examples see,
                                             background noise that are similar in                    systems; the system that has received                 Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998;
                                                                                                     the most study has been the                           Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et al.,
                                             frequency to the signal in question
                                                                                                     hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal system                 2004; Lankford et al., 2005; Reneerkens
                                             primarily determine the degree of
                                                                                                     (also known as the HPA axis in                        et al., 2002; Thompson and Hamer,
                                             masking of that signal. In general, little
                                                                                                     mammals). Unlike stress responses                     2000). Information has also been
                                             is known about the degree to which
                                                                                                     associated with the autonomic nervous                 collected on the physiological responses
                                             marine mammals rely upon detection of
                                                                                                     system, virtually all neuro-endocrine                 of marine mammals to exposure to
                                             sounds from conspecifics, predators,                    functions that are affected by stress—
                                             prey, or other natural sources. In the                                                                        anthropogenic sounds (Fair and Becker
                                                                                                     including immune competence,                          2000; Romano et al., 2002). For
                                             absence of specific information about                   reproduction, metabolism, and
                                             the importance of detecting these                                                                             example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
                                                                                                     behavior—are regulated by pituitary                   that noise reduction from reduced ship
                                             natural sounds, it is not possible to                   hormones. Stress-induced changes in                   traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
                                             predict the impact of masking on marine                 the secretion of pituitary hormones have              associated with decreased stress in
                                             mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). In                   been implicated in failed reproduction                North Atlantic right whales.
                                             general, masking effects are expected to                (Moberg 1987; Rivier 1995), altered                      Studies of other marine animals and
                                             be less severe when sounds are transient                metabolism (Elasser et al., 2000),                    terrestrial animals would also lead us to
                                             than when they are continuous.                          reduced immune competence (Blecha                     expect some marine mammals to
                                             Masking is typically of greater concern                 2000), and behavioral disturbance.                    experience physiological stress
                                             for those marine mammals that utilize                   Increases in the circulation of                       responses and, perhaps, physiological
                                             low-frequency communications, such as                   glucocorticosteroids (cortisol,                       responses that would be classified as
                                             baleen whales, because of how far low-                  corticosterone, and aldosterone in                    ‘‘distress’’ upon exposure to high
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             frequency sounds propagate. Marine                      marine mammals; see Romano et al.,                    frequency, mid-frequency and low-
                                             mammal communications would not                         2004) have been equated with stress for               frequency sounds. For example, Jansen
                                             likely be masked appreciably by the                     many years.                                           (1998) reported on the relationship
                                             signals from HRG survey equipment                          The primary distinction between                    between acoustic exposures and
                                             given the directionality of the signals                 stress (which is adaptive and does not                physiological responses that are
                                             and the brief period when an individual                 normally place an animal at risk) and                 indicative of stress responses in humans
                                             mammal is likely to be within its beam.                 distress is the biotic cost of the                    (for example, elevated respiration and


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                           14429

                                             increased heart rates). Jones (1998)                    mammals that show behavioral                          that are resting may show greater
                                             reported on reductions in human                         avoidance of survey vessels and related               behavioral change in response to
                                             performance when faced with acute,                      sound sources are unlikely to incur non-              disturbing sound levels than animals
                                             repetitive exposures to acoustic                        auditory impairment or other physical                 that are highly motivated to remain in
                                             disturbance. Trimper et al. (1998)                      effects. NMFS does not expect that the                an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,
                                             reported on the physiological stress                    generally short-term, intermittent, and               1995; NRC 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).
                                             responses of osprey to low-level aircraft               transitory HRG and geotechnical                       Controlled experiments with captive
                                             noise while Krausman et al. (2004)                      activities would create conditions of                 marine mammals have shown
                                             reported on the auditory and physiology                 long-term, continuous noise and chronic               pronounced behavioral reactions,
                                             stress responses of endangered Sonoran                  acoustic exposure leading to long-term                including avoidance of loud sound
                                             pronghorn to military overflights. Smith                physiological stress responses in marine              sources (Ridgway et al., 1997; Finneran
                                             et al. (2004a, 2004b), for example,                     mammals.                                              et al., 2003). Observed responses of wild
                                             identified noise-induced physiological                                                                        marine mammals to loud, pulsed sound
                                                                                                     Behavioral Disturbance
                                             transient stress responses in hearing-                                                                        sources (typically seismic airguns or
                                             specialist fish (i.e., goldfish) that                      Behavioral disturbance may include a               acoustic harassment devices) have been
                                             accompanied short- and long-term                        variety of effects, including subtle                  varied but often consist of avoidance
                                             hearing losses. Welch and Welch (1970)                  changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief             behavior or other behavioral changes
                                             reported physiological and behavioral                   avoidance of an area or changes in                    suggesting discomfort (Morton and
                                             stress responses that accompanied                       vocalizations), more conspicuous                      Symonds, 2002; see also Richardson et
                                             damage to the inner ears of fish and                    changes in similar behavioral activities,             al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007).
                                             several mammals.                                        and more sustained and/or potentially                    Available studies show wide variation
                                                Hearing is one of the primary senses                 severe reactions, such as displacement                in response to underwater sound;
                                             marine mammals use to gather                            from or abandonment of high-quality                   therefore, it is difficult to predict
                                             information about their environment                     habitat. Behavioral responses to sound                specifically how any given sound in a
                                             and to communicate with conspecifics.                   are highly variable and context-specific              particular instance might affect marine
                                             Although empirical information on the                   and any reactions depend on numerous                  mammals perceiving the signal. If a
                                             relationship between sensory                            intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,                marine mammal does react briefly to an
                                             impairment (TTS, PTS, and acoustic                      species, state of maturity, experience,               underwater sound by changing its
                                             masking) on marine mammals remains                      current activity, reproductive state,                 behavior or moving a small distance, the
                                             limited, it seems reasonable to assume                  auditory sensitivity, time of day), as                impacts of the change are unlikely to be
                                             that reducing an animal’s ability to                    well as the interplay between factors                 significant to the individual, let alone
                                             gather information about its                            (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et            the stock or population. However, if a
                                             environment and to communicate with                     al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,           sound source displaces marine
                                             other members of its species would be                   2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral                mammals from an important feeding or
                                             stressful for animals that use hearing as               reactions can vary not only among                     breeding area for a prolonged period,
                                             their primary sensory mechanism.                        individuals but also within an                        impacts on individuals and populations
                                             Therefore, we assume that acoustic                      individual, depending on previous                     could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
                                             exposures sufficient to trigger onset PTS               experience with a sound source,                       Bejder, 2007; Weilgart 2007; NRC 2005).
                                             or TTS would be accompanied by                          context, and numerous other factors                   However, there are broad categories of
                                             physiological stress responses because                  (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary                  potential response, which we describe
                                             terrestrial animals exhibit those                       depending on characteristics associated               in greater detail here, that include
                                             responses under similar conditions                      with the sound source (e.g., whether it               alteration of dive behavior, alteration of
                                             (NRC 2003). More importantly, marine                    is moving or stationary, number of                    foraging behavior, effects to breathing,
                                             mammals might experience stress                         sources, distance from the source).                   interference with or alteration of
                                             responses at received levels lower than                 Please see Appendices B–C of Southall                 vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
                                             those necessary to trigger onset TTS.                   et al. (2007) for a review of studies                    Changes in dive behavior can vary
                                             Based on empirical studies of the time                  involving marine mammal behavioral                    widely and may consist of increased or
                                             required to recover from stress                         responses to sound.                                   decreased dive times and surface
                                             responses (Moberg 2000), we also                           Habituation can occur when an                      intervals as well as changes in the rates
                                             assume that stress responses are likely                 animal’s response to a stimulus wanes                 of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,
                                             to persist beyond the time interval                     with repeated exposure, usually in the                Frankel and Clark 2000; Costa et al.,
                                             required for animals to recover from                    absence of unpleasant associated events               2003; Ng and Leung 2003; Nowacek et
                                             TTS and might result in pathological                    (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most              al., 2004; Goldbogen et al., 2013a,b).
                                             and pre-pathological states that would                  likely to habituate to sounds that are                Variations in dive behavior may reflect
                                             be as significant as behavioral responses               predictable and unvarying. It is                      interruptions in biologically significant
                                             to TTS.                                                 important to note that habituation is                 activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be
                                                In general, there are few data on the                appropriately considered as a                         of little biological significance. The
                                             potential for strong, anthropogenic                     ‘‘progressive reduction in response to                impact of an alteration to dive behavior
                                             underwater sounds to cause non-                         stimuli that are perceived as neither                 resulting from an acoustic exposure
                                             auditory physical effects in marine                     aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,            depends on what the animal is doing at
                                             mammals. The available data do not                      more generally, moderation in response                the time of the exposure and the type
                                             allow identification of a specific                      to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,                  and magnitude of the response.
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             exposure level above which non-                         2009). The opposite process is                           Disruption of feeding behavior can be
                                             auditory effects can be expected                        sensitization, when an unpleasant                     difficult to correlate with anthropogenic
                                             (Southall et al., 2007). There is no                    experience leads to subsequent                        sound exposure, so it is usually inferred
                                             definitive evidence that any of these                   responses, often in the form of                       by observed displacement from known
                                             effects occur even for marine mammals                   avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.              foraging areas, the appearance of
                                             in close proximity to an anthropogenic                  As noted, behavioral state may affect the             secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets
                                             sound source. In addition, marine                       type of response. For example, animals                or sediment plumes), or changes in dive


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14430                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             behavior. As for other types of                         disturbance in marine mammals                         dolphins exposed to sound over a five-
                                             behavioral response, the frequency,                     (Richardson et al., 1995). For example,               day period did not cause any sleep
                                             duration, and temporal pattern of signal                gray whales are known to change                       deprivation or stress effects.
                                             presentation, as well as differences in                 direction—deflecting from customary                      Many animals perform vital functions,
                                             species sensitivity, are likely                         migratory paths—in order to avoid noise               such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
                                             contributing factors to differences in                  from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,                   socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
                                             response in any given circumstance                      1984). Avoidance may be short-term,                   cycle). Disruption of such functions
                                             (e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.;              with animals returning to the area once               resulting from reactions to stressors
                                             2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et                  the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,            such as sound exposure are more likely
                                             al., 2007). A determination of whether                  1994; Goold 1996; Stone et al., 2000;                 to be significant if they last more than
                                             foraging disruptions incur fitness                      Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et                   one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
                                             consequences would require                              al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is               days (Southall et al., 2007).
                                             information on or estimates of the                      possible, however, which may lead to                  Consequently, a behavioral response
                                             energetic requirements of the affected                  changes in abundance or distribution                  lasting less than one day and not
                                             individuals and the relationship                        patterns of the affected species in the               recurring on subsequent days is not
                                             between prey availability, foraging effort              affected region if habituation to the                 considered particularly severe unless it
                                             and success, and the life history stage of              presence of the sound does not occur                  could directly affect reproduction or
                                             the animal.                                             (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2004; Bejder et al.,         survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that
                                                Variations in respiration naturally                  2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).                         there is a difference between multi-day
                                             vary with different behaviors and                          A flight response is a dramatic change             substantive behavioral reactions and
                                             alterations to breathing rate as a                      in normal movement to a directed and                  multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
                                             function of acoustic exposure can be                    rapid movement away from the                          example, just because an activity lasts
                                             expected to co-occur with other                         perceived location of a sound source.                 for multiple days does not necessarily
                                             behavioral reactions, such as a flight                  The flight response differs from other                mean that individual animals are either
                                             response or an alteration in diving.                    avoidance responses in the intensity of               exposed to activity-related stressors for
                                             However, respiration rates in and of                    the response (e.g., directed movement,                multiple days or, further, exposed in a
                                             themselves may be representative of                     rate of travel). Relatively little                    manner resulting in sustained multi-day
                                             annoyance or an acute stress response.                  information on flight responses of                    substantive behavioral responses.
                                             Various studies have shown that                         marine mammals to anthropogenic                          Marine mammals are likely to avoid
                                             respiration rates may either be                         signals exist, although observations of               the HRG survey activity, especially the
                                             unaffected or could increase, depending                 flight responses to the presence of                   naturally shy harbor porpoise, while the
                                             on the species and signal characteristics,              predators have occurred (Connor and                   harbor seals might be attracted to them
                                             again highlighting the importance in                    Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight               out of curiosity. However, because the
                                             understanding species differences in the                response could range from brief,                      sub-bottom profilers and other HRG
                                             tolerance of underwater noise when                      temporary exertion and displacement                   survey equipment operate from a
                                             determining the potential for impacts                   from the area where the signal provokes               moving vessel, and the maximum radius
                                             resulting from anthropogenic sound                      flight to, in extreme cases, marine                   to the Level B harassment threshold is
                                             exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,                 mammal strandings (Evans and                          relatively small, the area and time that
                                             2005b, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007).                      England, 2001). However, it should be                 this equipment would be affecting a
                                                Marine mammals vocalize for                          noted that response to a perceived                    given location is very small. Further,
                                             different purposes and across multiple                  predator does not necessarily invoke                  once an area has been surveyed, it is not
                                             modes, such as whistling, echolocation                  flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008) and                    likely that it will be surveyed again,
                                             click production, calling, and singing.                 whether individuals are solitary or in                thereby reducing the likelihood of
                                             Changes in vocalization behavior in                     groups may influence the response.                    repeated HRG-related impacts within
                                             response to anthropogenic noise can                        Behavioral disturbance can also                    the survey area.
                                             occur for any of these modes and may                    impact marine mammals in more subtle                     We have also considered the potential
                                             result from a need to compete with an                   ways. Increased vigilance may result in               for severe behavioral responses such as
                                             increase in background noise or may                     costs related to diversion of focus and               stranding and associated indirect injury
                                             reflect increased vigilance or a startle                attention (i.e., when a response consists             or mortality from GSOE’s use of HRG
                                             response. For example, in the presence                  of increased vigilance, it may come at                survey equipment, on the basis of a
                                             of potentially masking signals,                         the cost of decreased attention to other              2008 mass stranding of approximately
                                             humpback whales and killer whales                       critical behaviors such as foraging or                100 melon-headed whales in a
                                             have been observed to increase the                      resting). These effects have generally not            Madagascar lagoon system. An
                                             length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;             been demonstrated for marine                          investigation of the event indicated that
                                             Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),             mammals, but studies involving fish                   use of a high-frequency mapping system
                                             while right whales have been observed                   and terrestrial animals have shown that               (12-kHz multibeam echosounder) was
                                             to shift the frequency content of their                 increased vigilance may substantially                 the most plausible and likely initial
                                             calls upward while reducing the rate of                 reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp                 behavioral trigger of the event, while
                                             calling in areas of increased                           and Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;               providing the caveat that there is no
                                             anthropogenic noise (Parks et al.,                      Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition,               unequivocal and easily identifiable
                                             2007b). In some cases, animals may                      chronic disturbance can cause                         single cause (Southall et al., 2013). The
                                             cease sound production during                           population declines through reduction                 investigatory panel’s conclusion was
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             production of aversive signals (Bowles                  of fitness (e.g., decline in body                     based on (1) very close temporal and
                                             et al., 1994).                                          condition) and subsequent reduction in                spatial association and directed
                                                Avoidance is the displacement of an                  reproductive success, survival, or both               movement of the survey with the
                                             individual from an area or migration                    (e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan              stranding event; (2) the unusual nature
                                             path as a result of the presence of a                   et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).                 of such an event coupled with
                                             sound or other stressors and is one of                  However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported               previously documented apparent
                                             the most obvious manifestations of                      that increased vigilance in bottlenose                behavioral sensitivity of the species to


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                           14431

                                             other sound types (Southall et al., 2006;               Tolerance                                             addition, some baleen whales, such as
                                             Brownell et al., 2009); and (3) the fact                   Numerous studies have shown that                   the North Atlantic right whale, seem
                                             that all other possible factors considered              underwater sounds from industrial                     generally unresponsive to vessel sound,
                                             were determined to be unlikely causes.                  activities are often readily detectable by            making them more susceptible to vessel
                                             Specifically, regarding survey patterns                 marine mammals in the water at                        collisions (Nowacek et al., 2004). These
                                             prior to the event and in relation to                   distances of many km. However, other                  species are primarily large, slow moving
                                             bathymetry, the vessel transited in a                   studies have shown that marine                        whales. Smaller marine mammals (e.g.,
                                             north-south direction on the shelf break                mammals at distances more than a few                  bottlenose dolphin) move quickly
                                             parallel to the shore, ensonifying large                km away often show no apparent                        through the water column and are often
                                                                                                                                                           seen riding the bow wave of large ships.
                                             areas of deep-water habitat prior to                    response to industrial activities of
                                                                                                                                                           Marine mammal responses to vessels
                                             operating intermittently in a                           various types (Miller et al., 2005). This
                                                                                                                                                           may include avoidance and changes in
                                             concentrated area offshore from the                     is often true even in cases when the
                                                                                                                                                           dive pattern (NRC 2003).
                                             stranding site; this may have trapped                   sounds must be readily audible to the                    An examination of all known ship
                                             the animals between the sound source                    animals based on measured received                    strikes from all shipping sources
                                             and the shore, thus driving them                        levels and the hearing sensitivity of that            (civilian and military) indicates vessel
                                             towards the lagoon system. The                          mammal group. Although various                        speed is a principal factor in whether a
                                             investigatory panel systematically                      baleen whales, toothed whales, and (less              vessel strike results in death (Knowlton
                                             excluded or deemed highly unlikely                      frequently) pinnipeds have been shown                 and Kraus 2001; Laist et al., 2001;
                                             nearly all potential reasons for these                  to react behaviorally to underwater                   Jensen and Silber 2003; Vanderlaan and
                                             animals leaving their typical pelagic                   sound from sources such as airgun                     Taggart 2007). In assessing records with
                                                                                                     pulses or vessels under some                          known vessel speeds, Laist et al. (2001)
                                             habitat for an area extremely atypical for
                                                                                                     conditions, at other times, mammals of                found a direct relationship between the
                                             the species (i.e., a shallow lagoon
                                                                                                     all three types have shown no overt                   occurrence of a whale strike and the
                                             system). Notably, this was the first time
                                                                                                     reactions (e.g., Malme et al., 1986;                  speed of the vessel involved in the
                                             that such a system has been associated                  Richardson et al., 1995; Madsen and
                                             with a stranding event. The panel also                                                                        collision. The authors concluded that
                                                                                                     Mohl 2000; Croll et al., 2001; Jacobs and             most deaths occurred when a vessel was
                                             noted several site- and situation-specific              Terhune 2002; Madsen et al., 2002;
                                             secondary factors that may have                                                                               traveling in excess of 24.1 km/h (14.9
                                                                                                     Miller et al., 2005). In general,                     mph; 13 knots (kn)). Given the slow
                                             contributed to the avoidance responses                  pinnipeds seem to be more tolerant of                 vessel speeds and predictable course
                                             that led to the eventual entrapment and                 exposure to some types of underwater                  necessary for data acquisition, ship
                                             mortality of the whales. Specifically,                  sound than are baleen whales.                         strike is unlikely to occur during the
                                             shoreward-directed surface currents and                 Richardson et al. (1995) found that                   geophysical and geotechnical surveys.
                                             elevated chlorophyll levels in the area                 vessel sound does not seem to affect                  Marine mammals would be able to
                                             preceding the event may have played a                   pinnipeds that are already in the water.              easily avoid the survey vessel due to the
                                             role (Southall et al., 2013). The report                Richardson et al. (1995) went on to                   slow vessel speed. Further, GSOE would
                                             also notes that prior use of a similar                  explain that seals on haul-outs                       implement measures (e.g., protected
                                             system in the general area may have                     sometimes respond strongly to the                     species monitoring, vessel speed
                                             sensitized the animals and also                         presence of vessels and at other times                restrictions and separation distances;
                                             concluded that, for odontocete                          appear to show considerable tolerance                 see Proposed Mitigation Measures) set
                                             cetaceans that hear well in higher                      of vessels, and Brueggeman et al. (1992)              forth in the BOEM lease to reduce the
                                             frequency ranges where ambient noise is                 observed ringed seals (Pusa hispida)                  risk of a vessel strike to marine mammal
                                             typically quite low, high-power active                  hauled out on ice pans displaying short-              species in the survey area.
                                             sonars operating in this range may be                   term escape reactions when a ship
                                                                                                     approached within 0.16–0.31 miles                     Marine Mammal Habitat
                                             more easily audible and have potential
                                             effects over larger areas than low                      (0.25–0.5 km). Due to the relatively high               The HRG survey equipment will not
                                             frequency systems that have more                        vessel traffic in the Lease Area it is                contact the seafloor and does not
                                             typically been considered in terms of                   possible that marine mammals are                      represent a source of pollution. We are
                                             anthropogenic noise impacts. It is,                     habituated to noise (e.g., DP thrusters)              not aware of any available literature on
                                             however, important to note that the                     from project vessels in the area.                     impacts to marine mammal prey from
                                             relatively lower output frequency,                                                                            HRG survey equipment. However, as the
                                                                                                     Vessel Strike                                         HRG survey equipment introduces noise
                                             higher output power, and complex
                                                                                                       Ship strikes of marine mammals can                  to the marine environment, there is the
                                             nature of the system implicated in this
                                                                                                     cause major wounds, which may lead to                 potential for it to result in avoidance of
                                             event, in context of the other factors                  the death of the animal. An animal at                 the area around the HRG survey
                                             noted here, likely produced a fairly                    the surface could be struck directly by               activities on the part of marine mammal
                                             unusual set of circumstances that                       a vessel, a surfacing animal could hit                prey. Any avoidance of the area on the
                                             indicate that such events would likely                  the bottom of a vessel, or a vessel’s                 part of marine mammal prey would be
                                             remain rare and are not necessarily                     propeller could injure an animal just                 expected to be short term and
                                             relevant to use of lower-power, higher-                 below the surface. The severity of                    temporary.
                                             frequency systems more commonly used                    injuries typically depends on the size                  Because of the temporary nature of
                                             for HRG survey applications. The risk of                and speed of the vessel (Knowlton and                 the disturbance, and the availability of
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             similar events recurring may be very                    Kraus 2001; Laist et al., 2001;                       similar habitat and resources (e.g., prey
                                             low, given the extensive use of active                  Vanderlaan and Taggart 2007).                         species) in the surrounding area, the
                                             acoustic systems used for scientific and                  The most vulnerable marine mammals                  impacts to marine mammals and the
                                             navigational purposes worldwide on a                    are those that spend extended periods of              food sources that they utilize are not
                                             daily basis and the lack of direct                      time at the surface in order to restore               expected to cause significant or long-
                                             evidence of such responses previously                   oxygen levels within their tissues after              term consequences for individual
                                             reported.                                               deep dives (e.g., the sperm whale). In                marine mammals or their populations.


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14432                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             Impacts on marine mammal habitat                            Described in the most basic way, we                               underwater anthropogenic noise above
                                             from the proposed activities will be                      estimate take by considering: (1)                                   received levels 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) for
                                             temporary, insignificant, and                             Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS                                non-explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic
                                             discountable.                                             believes the best available science                                 HRG equipment) or intermittent (e.g.,
                                                                                                       indicates marine mammals will be                                    scientific sonar) sources. GSOE’s
                                             Estimated Take                                            behaviorally harassed or incur some                                 proposed activity includes the use of
                                                This section provides an estimate of                   degree of permanent hearing                                         impulsive sources. Therefore, the 160
                                             the number of incidental takes proposed                   impairment; (2) the area or volume of                               dB re 1 mPa (rms) criteria is applicable
                                             for authorization through this IHA,                       water that will be ensonified above                                 for analysis of Level B harassment.
                                             which will inform both NMFS’                              these levels in a day; (3) the density or                             Level A harassment—NMFS’
                                             consideration of ‘‘small numbers’’ and                    occurrence of marine mammals within                                 Technical Guidance for Assessing the
                                             the negligible impact determination.                      these ensonified areas; and (4) and the                             Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
                                                                                                       number of days of activities. Below, we                             Marine Mammal Hearing (NMFS 2016)
                                                Harassment is the only type of take                    describe these components in more                                   identifies dual criteria to assess auditory
                                             expected to result from these activities.                 detail and present the proposed take                                injury (Level A harassment) to five
                                             Except with respect to certain activities                 estimate.                                                           different marine mammal groups (based
                                             not pertinent here, the MMPA defines                                                                                          on hearing sensitivity) as a result of
                                             ‘‘harassment’’ as any act of pursuit,                     Acoustic Thresholds
                                                                                                                                                                           exposure to noise from two different
                                             torment, or annoyance which (i) has the                      NMFS uses acoustic thresholds that                               types of sources (impulsive or non-
                                             potential to injure a marine mammal or                    identify the received level of                                      impulsive). The Technical Guidance
                                             marine mammal stock in the wild (Level                    underwater sound above which exposed                                identifies the received levels, or
                                             A harassment); or (ii) has the potential                  marine mammals would be reasonably                                  thresholds, above which individual
                                             to disturb a marine mammal or marine                      expected to be behaviorally harassed                                marine mammals are predicted to
                                             mammal stock in the wild by causing                       (equated to Level B harassment) or to                               experience changes in their hearing
                                             disruption of behavioral patterns,                        incur PTS of some degree (equated to                                sensitivity for all underwater
                                             including, but not limited to, migration,                 Level A harassment).                                                anthropogenic sound sources, reflects
                                             breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or                    Level B Harassment—Though                                        the best available science, and better
                                             sheltering (Level B harassment).                          significantly driven by received level,                             predicts the potential for auditory injury
                                                Authorized takes would be by Level B                   the onset of behavioral disturbance from                            than does NMFS’ historical criteria.
                                             harassment, as use of the HRG                             anthropogenic noise exposure is also                                  These thresholds were developed by
                                             equipment has the potential to result in                  informed to varying degrees by other                                compiling and synthesizing the best
                                             disruption of behavioral patterns for                     factors related to the sound source (e.g.,                          available science and soliciting input
                                             individual marine mammals. NMFS has                       frequency, predictability, duty cycle);                             multiple times from both the public and
                                             determined take by Level A harassment                     the environment (e.g., bathymetry); and                             peer reviewers to inform the final
                                             is not an expected outcome of the                         the receiving animals (hearing,                                     product, and are provided in Table 3
                                             proposed activity; and, thus, we do not                   motivation, experience, demography,                                 below. The references, analysis, and
                                             propose to authorize the take of any                      behavioral context); therefore can be                               methodology used in the development
                                             marine mammals by Level A                                 difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007,                        of the thresholds are described in NMFS
                                             harassment. This is discussed in greater                  Ellison et al., 2011). NMFS uses a                                  2016 Technical Guidance, which may
                                             detail below. As described previously,                    generalized acoustic threshold based on                             be accessed at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
                                             no mortality or serious injury is                         received level to estimate the onset of                             acoustics/guidelines.htm. As described
                                             anticipated or proposed to be authorized                  Level B (behavioral) harassment. NMFS                               above, GSOE’s proposed activity
                                             for this activity. Below we describe how                  predicts that marine mammals may be                                 includes the use of intermittent and
                                             the take is estimated for this project.                   behaviorally harassed when exposed to                               impulsive sources.

                                                        TABLE 3—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT IN MARINE MAMMALS
                                                                                                                                                                 PTS onset thresholds
                                                                      Hearing group
                                                                                                                                                     Impulsive *                                           Non-impulsive

                                             Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans .......................................   Lpk,flat:   219   dB;   LE,LF,24h: 183 dB ....................................   LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
                                             Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans .......................................   Lpk,flat:   230   dB;   LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ...................................    LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
                                             High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans ......................................   Lpk,flat:   202   dB;   LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ...................................    LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
                                             Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) ...............................     Lpk,flat:   218   dB;   LE,PW,24h: 185 dB ...................................    LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
                                             Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) ...............................    Lpk,flat:   232   dB;   LE,OW,24h: 203 dB ..................................     LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
                                                Note: * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-
                                             impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds
                                             should also be considered.
                                                Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
                                             In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
                                             is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
                                             included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
                                             cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
                                             thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
                                             action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.




                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000    Frm 00023     Fmt 4703     Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM          04APN1


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                                     14433

                                             Ensonified Area                                             functions by marine mammal hearing                             TABLE 5—MODELED RADIAL DIS-
                                                Here, we describe operational and                        group. In recognition of the fact that                         TANCES   TO   ISOPLETHS  COR-
                                             environmental parameters of the activity                    calculating Level A harassment                                 RESPONDING TO LEVEL A HARASS-
                                             that will feed into estimating the area                     ensonified areas could be more                                 MENT THRESHOLDS—Continued
                                             ensonified above the acoustic                               technically challenging to predict due to
                                             thresholds.                                                 the duration component and the use of                                                            Distance to
                                                                                                                                                                       Functional hearing group
                                                The proposed survey would entail the                     weighting functions in the new SELcum                                                              Level A
                                                                                                                                                                         (Level A harassment
                                             use of HRG survey equipment. The                                                                                                                              isopleth
                                                                                                         thresholds, NMFS developed an                                        thresholds)                     (m)
                                             distance to the isopleth corresponding                      optional User Spreadsheet that includes
                                             to the threshold for Level B harassment                     tools to help predict a simple isopleth                     Phocid Pinnipeds (Under-
                                             was calculated for all HRG survey                           that can be used in conjunction with                          water) (Lpk,flat: 218 dB;
                                             equipment with the potential to result                      marine mammal density or occurrence                           LE,HF,24h: 185 dB) .............          2 1.78

                                             in harassment of marine mammals using                       to facilitate the estimation of take                          Note: Distances to isopleths shown are the
                                             the spherical transmission loss (TL)                        numbers. GSOE used the NMFS                                 greater of the two distances calculated based
                                             equation: TL = 20log10r. Results of                         optional User Spreadsheet to calculate                      on the dual metric acoustic thresholds for im-
                                             acoustic modeling indicated that, of the                                                                                pulsive sounds (SELcum and peak SPL). ‘‘1’’
                                                                                                         distances to Level A harassment                             indicates distance is based on SELcum, ‘‘2’’ in-
                                             HRG survey equipment planned for use
                                             that has the potential to result in                         isopleths based on SELcum and used the                      dicates distance is based on peak SPL.
                                             harassment of marine mammals, the AA                        spherical spreading loss model (similar
                                                                                                                                                                        Due to the small estimated distances
                                             Dura Spark would be expected to                             to the method used to calculate Level B                     to Level A harassment thresholds for all
                                             produce sound that would propagate the                      isopleths as described above) to                            marine mammal functional hearing
                                             furthest in the water (Table 4); therefore,                 calculate distances to Level A                              groups, based on both SELcum and peak
                                             for the purposes of the take calculation,                   harassment isopleths based on peak                          SPL (Table 5), and in consideration of
                                             it was assumed the AA Dura Spark                            pressure. Modeling of distances to                          the proposed mitigation measures (see
                                             would be active during the entirety of                      isopleths corresponding to Level A                          the Proposed Mitigation section for
                                             the survey. Thus the distance to the                        harassment was performed for all types                      more detail), NMFS has determined that
                                             isopleth corresponding to the threshold                     of HRG equipment planned for use with                       the likelihood of Level A take of marine
                                             for Level B harassment for the AA Dura                      the potential to result in harassment of                    mammals occurring as a result of the
                                             Spark (estimated at 447 m; Table 4) was                     marine mammals. Of the HRG                                  proposed survey is so low as to be
                                             used as the basis of the Level B take                       equipment types modeled, the AA Dura                        discountable.
                                             calculation for all marine mammals.                         Spark resulted in the largest distances to                     We note that because of some of the
                                                                                                         isopleths corresponding to Level A                          assumptions included in the methods
                                                TABLE 4—MODELED RADIAL DIS-                              harassment for all marine mammal                            used, isopleths produced may be
                                                TANCES FROM HRG SURVEY EQUIP-                            functional hearing groups; therefore, to                    overestimates to some degree. Most of
                                                MENT    TO   ISOPLETHS   COR-                            be conservative, the isopleths modeled                      the acoustic sources proposed for use in
                                                RESPONDING TO LEVEL B HARASS-                            for the AA Dura Spark were used to                          GSOE’s survey (including the AA Dura-
                                                MENT THRESHOLD                                           estimate potential Level A take.                            Spark) do not radiate sound equally in
                                                                                                         Modeled distances to isopleths                              all directions but were designed instead
                                                                                     Radial distance     corresponding to Level A harassment                         to focus acoustic energy directly toward
                                                                                     (m) to Level B                                                                  the sea floor. Therefore, the acoustic
                                                     HRG system                       harassment         thresholds for the AA Dura Spark are
                                                                                       threshold         shown in Table 5 (modeled distances to                      energy produced by these sources is not
                                                                                   (160 dB re 1 μPa)     Level A harassment isopleths for all                        received equally in all directions around
                                                                                                                                                                     the source but is instead concentrated
                                                                                                         other types of HRG equipment planned
                                             TB Chirp .........................                 70.79                                                                along some narrower plane depending
                                             EdgeTech Chirp ..............                       6.31    for use are shown in Table 6 of the IHA
                                                                                                                                                                     on the beamwidth of the source.
                                             AA Boomer .....................                     5.62    application).                                               However, the calculated distances to
                                             AA S-Boom .....................                   141.25
                                                                                                                                                                     isopleths do not account for this
                                             Bubble Gun .....................                    63.1          TABLE 5—MODELED RADIAL DIS-
                                             800J Spark .....................                  141.25                                                                directionality of the sound source and
                                                                                                               TANCES   TO   ISOPLETHS  COR-                         are therefore conservative. For mobile
                                             AA Dura Spark ...............                     446.69
                                                                                                               RESPONDING TO LEVEL A HARASS-                         sources, such as the proposed survey,
                                               Predicted distances to Level A                                  MENT THRESHOLDS                                       the User Spreadsheet predicts the
                                             harassment isopleths, which vary based                                                                                  closest distance at which a stationary
                                             on marine mammal functional hearing                                                                     Distance to     animal would not incur PTS if the
                                                                                                           Functional hearing group
                                             groups (Table 5), were also calculated                                                                    Level A       sound source traveled by the animal in
                                                                                                             (Level A harassment                      isopleth
                                             by GSOE. The updated acoustic                                        thresholds)                                        a straight line at a constant speed.
                                                                                                                                                         (m)
                                             thresholds for impulsive sounds (such                                                                                   Marine Mammal Occurrence
                                             as HRG survey equipment) contained in                       Low harassmentfrequency
                                             the Technical Guidance (NMFS, 2016)                           cetaceans (Lpk,flat: 219 dB;                                In this section we provide the
                                             were presented as dual metric acoustic                        LE,LF,24h: 183 dB) ..............                1 6.57   information about the presence, density,
                                             thresholds using both SELcum and peak                       Mid frequency cetaceans                                     or group dynamics of marine mammals
                                             sound pressure level metrics. As dual                         (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h:                             that will inform the take calculations.
                                                                                                           185 dB) .............................            1 0.04
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS                                                                                      The best available scientific
                                             (Level A harassment) to have occurred                       High frequency cetaceans                                    information was considered in
                                                                                                           (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h:
                                             when either one of the two metrics is                                                                         2 25.12
                                                                                                                                                                     calculating marine mammal exposure
                                                                                                           155 dB) .............................
                                             exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the                                                                                 estimates (the basis for estimating take).
                                             largest isopleth). The SELcum metric                                                                                    For cetacean species, densities
                                             considers both level and duration of                                                                                    calculated by Roberts et al. (2016) were
                                             exposure, as well as auditory weighting                                                                                 used. The density data presented by


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:12 Apr 03, 2018    Jkt 244001   PO 00000    Frm 00024   Fmt 4703     Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM    04APN1


                                             14434                                 Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             Roberts et al. (2016) incorporates aerial                           those for cetaceans. The best available                HRG survey equipment and the
                                             and shipboard line-transect survey data                             information concerning pinniped                        estimated trackline distance traveled per
                                             from NMFS and from other                                            densities in the proposed survey area is               day by the survey vessel. GSOE
                                             organizations collected over the period                             the U.S. Navy’s Operating Area                         estimates a daily track line distance of
                                             1992–2014. Roberts et al. (2016)                                    (OPAREA) Density Estimates (NODEs)                     110 km per day during HRG surveys.
                                             modeled density from 8 physiographic                                (DoN, 2007). These density models                      Based on the maximum estimated
                                             and 16 dynamic oceanographic and                                    utilized vessel-based and aerial survey                distance to the Level B harassment
                                             biological covariates, and controlled for                           data collected by NMFS from 1998–                      threshold of 447 m (Table 4) and the
                                             the influence of sea state, group size,                             2005 during broad-scale abundance                      estimated daily track line distance of
                                             availability bias, and perception bias on                           studies. Modeling methodology is                       110 km, an area of 98.9 km2 would be
                                             the probability of making a sighting.                               detailed in DoN (2007). For the                        ensonified to the Level B harassment
                                             NMFS considers the models produced                                  purposes of the take calculations,                     threshold per day during HRG surveys.
                                             by Roberts et al. (2016) to be the best                             NODEs Density Estimates (DoN, 2007)
                                             available source of data regarding                                  as reported for the summer and fall                      The number of marine mammals
                                             cetacean densities for this project. More                           seasons in the ‘‘Mid Atlantic’’ area were              expected to be incidentally taken per
                                             information, including the model results                            used to estimate harbor seal densities.                day is then calculated by estimating the
                                             and supplementary information for each                              NODEs reports a density value of 0 for                 number of each species predicted to
                                             model, is available online at:                                      gray seals throughout the year in the                  occur within the daily ensonified area,
                                             seamap.env.duke.edu/models/Duke-EC-                                 ‘‘Mid Atlantic’’ area; however, the                    using estimated marine mammal
                                             GOM-2015/.                                                          survey data used to develop the                        densities as described above. Estimated
                                                For the purposes of the take                                     OPAREA Density Estimates for gray seal                 numbers of each species taken per day
                                             calculations, density data from Roberts                             are nearly 20 years old; and, based on                 are then multiplied by the number of
                                             et al. (2016) were mapped using a                                   the best available information (Hayes et               survey days, and the product is then
                                             geographic information system (GIS),                                al., 2018), gray seals are expected to                 rounded, to generate an estimate of the
                                             using density data for the months May                               occur in the survey area, especially                   total number of each species expected to
                                             through December. Mean density per                                  during the fall months. Therefore,                     be taken over the duration of the survey
                                             month for each species within the                                   density data for harbor seals for the                  (Table 6).
                                             survey area was calculated by selecting                             summer and fall seasons in the ‘‘Mid                     The applicant estimated a total of 4
                                             11 random raster cells selected from 100                            Atlantic’’ area were used to estimate                  takes by Level A harassment of harbor
                                             km2 grid cells that were inside the                                 gray seal density in the survey area. We               porpoises and 3 takes each by Level A
                                             Delaware Wind Energy Area (WEA) and                                 acknowledge that this probably
                                                                                                                                                                        harassment for harbor seals and gray
                                             an additional buffer of 10 km outside                               represents a conservative approach to
                                             the WEA boundary (see Figure 1 in the                                                                                      seals would occur, in the absence of
                                                                                                                 estimating gray seal density in the
                                             IHA application). Estimates provided by                                                                                    mitigation. However, as described
                                                                                                                 survey area, however this approach is
                                             the models are based on a grid cell size                                                                                   above, due to the very small estimated
                                                                                                                 based on the best available information.
                                             of 100 km2; therefore, model grid cell                                                                                     distances to Level A harassment
                                             values were then divided by 100 to                                  Take Calculation and Estimation                        thresholds (Table 5), and in
                                             determine animals per square km. Data                                  Here we describe how the information                consideration of the proposed
                                             from the months of May and December                                 provided above is brought together to                  mitigation measures, the likelihood of
                                             were not included from the estimates as                             produce a quantitative take estimate.                  the proposed survey resulting in take in
                                             GSOE expects that the proposed survey                                  In order to estimate the number of                  the form of Level A harassment is
                                             is very likely to occur during the                                  marine mammals predicted to be                         considered so low as to be discountable;
                                             summer and fall, and it is very unlikely                            exposed to sound levels that would                     therefore, we do not propose to
                                             that surveys will occur in May and                                  result in harassment, radial distances to              authorize take of any marine mammals
                                             December; therefore, months were                                    predicted isopleths corresponding to                   by Level A harassment. Although there
                                             selected for the density calculation that                           harassment thresholds are calculated, as               are no exclusion zones (EZs) proposed
                                             were expected to be most representative                             described above. Those distances are                   for pinnipeds, the estimated distance to
                                             of actual marine mammal densities that                              then used to calculate the area(s) around              the isopleth corresponding to the Level
                                             would be encountered by the proposed                                the HRG survey equipment predicted to                  A harassment threshold for pinnipeds is
                                             survey and to avoid the potential for                               be ensonified to sound levels that                     less than 2 m (Table 5); therefore, we
                                             density estimates to be skewed by data                              exceed harassment thresholds. The area                 determined the likelihood of an animal
                                             for months that are less likely be                                  estimated to be ensonified to relevant                 being taken within this proximity of the
                                             actively surveyed.                                                  thresholds in a single day of the survey               survey equipment to be so low as to be
                                                Systematic, offshore, at-sea survey                              is then calculated, based on areas                     discountable. Proposed take numbers
                                             data for pinnipeds are more limited than                            predicted to be ensonified around the                  are shown in Table 6.

                                              TABLE 6—TOTAL NUMBERS OF POTENTIAL INCIDENTAL TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION AND
                                                                        PROPOSED TAKES AS A PERCENTAGE OF POPULATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Total
                                                                                                                                                                                            Total            proposed
                                                                                                               Density            Proposed           Estimated          Proposed
                                                                     Species                                                                                                              proposed          takes as a
                                                                                                             (#/100 km2)        Level A takes       Level B takes     Level B takes         takes          percentage
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                                                                                                                          of population1

                                             North Atlantic right whale .........................                      0.0078                   0                 1                 1                 1              0.2
                                             Humpback whale .....................................                      0.0344                   0                 6                 6                 6              0.4
                                             Fin whale ..................................................              0.1004                   0                18                18                18              0.4
                                             Sei whale 2 ...............................................               0.0036                   0                 1                 6                 6              0.1
                                             Minke whale .............................................                 0.0244                   0                 4                 4                 4              0.2



                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:51 Apr 03, 2018       Jkt 244001      PO 00000    Frm 00025   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                                     14435

                                              TABLE 6—TOTAL NUMBERS OF POTENTIAL INCIDENTAL TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION AND
                                                                  PROPOSED TAKES AS A PERCENTAGE OF POPULATION—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                                               Total
                                                                                                                                                                                            Total            proposed
                                                                                                               Density            Proposed           Estimated          Proposed
                                                                     Species                                                                                                              proposed          takes as a
                                                                                                             (#/100 km2)        Level A takes       Level B takes     Level B takes         takes          percentage
                                                                                                                                                                                                          of population1

                                             Sperm whale ............................................                  0.0053                   0                 1                 1                 1             <0.1
                                             Long-finned pilot whale 2 ..........................                      0.0507                   0                 9                32                32              0.2
                                             Bottlenose dolphin—W. North Atlantic
                                               Offshore 3 ..............................................               6.3438                   0              1148              1148           1148                1.18
                                             Bottlenose dolphin—W. North Atlantic
                                               Northern Migratory Coastal 3 ................                           6.3438                   0              1148              1148           1148                17.3
                                             Atlantic Spotted dolphin ...........................                      0.1323                   0                24                24             24                <0.1
                                             Short-beaked common dolphin ................                              2.9574                   0               535               535            535                 0.6
                                             Atlantic white-sided dolphin .....................                        0.4342                   0                79                79             79                 0.2
                                             Harbor porpoise .......................................                   0.5625                   0               102               102            102                 0.2
                                             Harbor seal ..............................................                6.4933                   0              1175              1175           1175                 1.6
                                             Gray seal ..................................................              6.4933                   0              1175              1175           1175                 4.3
                                                1 Estimates of total proposed takes as a percentage of population are based on marine mammal abundance estimates provided by Roberts et
                                             al. (2016), when available, to maintain consistency with density estimates which are derived from data provided by Roberts et al. (2016). In
                                             cases where abundances are not provided by Roberts et al. (2016), total proposed takes as a percentage of population are based on abundance
                                             estimates in the NMFS Atlantic SARs (Hayes et al., 2018).
                                                2 The proposed number of authorized takes (Level B harassment only) for these species has been increased from the estimated take to mean
                                             group size. Source for sei whale group size estimate is: Schilling et al. (1992). Source for long-finned pilot whale group size estimate is: Augusto
                                             et al. (2017).
                                                3 A total of 1,148 takes of bottlenose dolphins are proposed for authorization. Proposed takes could be from either the Western North Atlantic
                                             Offshore or Western North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stocks. For purposes of calculating proposed takes as a percentage of population
                                             we assume 50 percent of bottlenose dolphins taken will be from the Western North Atlantic Offshore stock and 50 percent will be from the West-
                                             ern North Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal stock.


                                                Species with Take Estimates Less than                            area (16 to 28 m (52 to 92 ft)), it is very               (1) The manner in which, and the
                                             Mean Group Size: Using the approach                                 unlikely that groups of sperm whales,                  degree to which, the successful
                                             described above to estimate take, the                               which tend to prefer deeper depths,                    implementation of the measure(s) is
                                             take estimates for the sei whale and                                would be encountered by the proposed                   expected to reduce impacts to marine
                                             long-finned pilot whale were less than                              survey.                                                mammals, marine mammal species or
                                             the average group sizes estimated for                                                                                      stocks, and their habitat. This considers
                                             these species (Table 6). However,                                   Proposed Mitigation                                    the nature of the potential adverse
                                             information on the social structures and                              In order to issue an IHA under                       impact being mitigated (likelihood,
                                             life histories of these species indicates                           Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,                      scope, range). It further considers the
                                             these species are often encountered in                              NMFS must set forth the permissible                    likelihood that the measure will be
                                             groups. The results of take calculations                            methods of taking pursuant to such                     effective if implemented (probability of
                                             support the likelihood that the proposed                                                                                   accomplishing the mitigating result if
                                                                                                                 activity, and other means of effecting
                                             survey is expected to encounter and to                                                                                     implemented as planned) the likelihood
                                                                                                                 the least practicable impact on such
                                             incidentally take these species, and we                                                                                    of effective implementation (probability
                                                                                                                 species or stock and its habitat, paying
                                             believe it is likely that these species                                                                                    implemented as planned); and
                                                                                                                 particular attention to rookeries, mating
                                             may be encountered in groups.                                                                                                 (2) The practicability of the measures
                                                                                                                 grounds, and areas of similar
                                             Therefore it is reasonable to                                                                                              for applicant implementation, which
                                                                                                                 significance, and on the availability of
                                             conservatively assume that one group of                                                                                    may consider such things as relative
                                                                                                                 such species or stock for taking for
                                             each of these species will be taken                                                                                        cost and impact on operations.
                                                                                                                 certain subsistence uses (latter not
                                             during the proposed survey. We propose
                                                                                                                 applicable for this action). NMFS                      Proposed Mitigation Measures
                                             to authorize the take of the average
                                                                                                                 regulations require applicants for
                                             group size for these species and stocks                                                                                      Based on the applicant’s request, the
                                                                                                                 incidental take authorizations to include
                                             to account for the possibility that the                                                                                    BOEM Lease stipulations associated
                                                                                                                 information about the availability and
                                             proposed survey encounters a group of                                                                                      with ESA-listed marine mammals, and
                                             any of these species or stocks (Table 6).                           feasibility (economic and technological)
                                                                                                                                                                        specific information regarding the zones
                                             Note that the take estimate for the North                           of equipment, methods, and manner of                   ensonified above NMFS thresholds,
                                             Atlantic right whale was not increased                              conducting such activity or other means                NMFS is proposing the following
                                             to average group size because the                                   of effecting the least practicable adverse             mitigation measures during the
                                             proposed exclusion zone for right                                   impact upon the affected species or                    proposed marine site characterization
                                             whales (500 m) (see the Mitigation                                  stocks and their habitat (50 CFR                       surveys.
                                             section), which exceeds the estimated                               216.104(a)(11)).
                                                                                                                                                                        Marine Mammal Exclusion Zones and
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             isopleth corresponding to the Level B                                 In evaluating how mitigation may or
                                                                                                                 may not be appropriate to ensure the                   Watch Zone
                                             harassment threshold, is expected to
                                             avoid the potential for takes that exceed                           least practicable adverse impact on                      Marine mammal EZs would be
                                             the take estimate. Also, the take estimate                          species or stocks and their habitat, as                established around the HRG survey
                                             for the sperm whale was not increased                               well as subsistence uses where                         equipment and monitored by protected
                                             to average group size because, based on                             applicable, we carefully consider two                  species observers (PSO) during HRG
                                             water depths in the proposed survey                                 primary factors:                                       surveys, as follows:


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014        18:12 Apr 03, 2018       Jkt 244001      PO 00000    Frm 00026   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14436                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                               • 500 m EZ for North Atlantic right                   is shut down due to a marine mammal                   Shutdown Procedures
                                             whales;                                                 being observed within or approaching                    As required in the BOEM lease, if a
                                               • 200 m EZ for all other ESA-listed                   the relevant EZ (described below), ramp               marine mammal is observed within or
                                             cetaceans (including fin whale, sei                     up of survey equipment would not                      approaching the relevant EZ (as
                                             whale and sperm whale); and                             commence until the animal(s) has been
                                               • 25 m EZ for harbor porpoises.                                                                             described above) an immediate
                                                                                                     observed exiting the relevant EZ, or                  shutdown of the survey equipment is
                                               The applicant proposed a 500 m EZ                     until an additional time period has
                                             for North Atlantic right whales and 200                                                                       required. Subsequent restart of the
                                                                                                     elapsed with no further sighting of the               survey equipment may only occur after
                                             m EZ for all other marine mammals;                      animal (e.g., 15 minutes for small
                                             however, for non-ESA-listed marine                                                                            the animal(s) has either been observed
                                                                                                     delphinoid cetaceans and pinnipeds
                                             mammals, based on estimated distances                                                                         exiting the relevant EZ or until an
                                                                                                     and 30 minutes for all other species).
                                             to isopleths corresponding with Level A                                                                       additional time period has elapsed with
                                                                                                     This pre-clearance requirement would
                                             harassment thresholds (Table 5), we                                                                           no further sighting of the animal (e.g.,
                                                                                                     include small delphinoids that
                                             determined the EZs described above to                                                                         15 minutes for delphinoid cetaceans
                                                                                                     approach the vessel (e.g., bow ride).
                                             be sufficiently protective in that they                                                                       and pinnipeds and 30 minutes for all
                                                                                                     PSOs would also continue to monitor
                                             would be expected to prevent all                                                                              other species).
                                                                                                     the zone for 30 minutes after survey
                                             potential incidences of Level A                                                                                 As required in the BOEM lease, if the
                                                                                                     equipment is shut down or survey
                                             harassment as well as significant                                                                             HRG equipment shuts down for reasons
                                                                                                     activity has concluded.
                                             incidences of Level B harassment. In                                                                          other than mitigation (i.e., mechanical
                                             addition to the EZs described above,                    Passive Acoustic Monitoring                           or electronic failure) resulting in the
                                             PSOs will visually monitor to the extent                   As proposed by the applicant, PAM                  cessation of the survey equipment for a
                                             of the estimated Level B harassment                     will be used to support monitoring                    period greater than 20 minutes, a 30
                                             zone (447 m), referred to as the Watch                  during night time operations to provide               minute pre-clearance period (as
                                             Zone or, as far as possible if the extent               for optimal acquisition of species                    described above) would precede the
                                             of the Watch Zone is not fully visible.                 detections at night. The PAM system                   restart of the HRG survey equipment. If
                                                                                                     will consist of an array of hydrophones               the pause is less than less than 20
                                             Visual Monitoring                                                                                             minutes, the equipment may be
                                                                                                     with both broadband (sampling mid-
                                               As per the BOEM lease, visual and                     range frequencies of 2 kHz to 200 kHz)                restarted as soon as practicable at its full
                                             acoustic monitoring of the established                  and at least one low-frequency                        operational level only if visual surveys
                                             exclusion and monitoring zones will be                  hydrophone (sampling range                            were continued diligently throughout
                                             performed by qualified and NMFS-                        frequencies of 75 Hz to 30 kHz). The                  the silent period and the EZs remained
                                             approved PSOs. It would be the                          PAM operator(s) will monitor acoustic                 clear of marine mammals during that
                                             responsibility of the Lead PSO on duty                  signals in real time both aurally (using              entire period. If visual surveys were not
                                             to communicate the presence of marine                   headphones) and visually (via sound                   continued diligently during the pause of
                                             mammals as well as to communicate                       analysis software). PAM operators will                20 minutes or less, a 30-minute pre-
                                             and enforce the action(s) that are                      communicate nighttime detections to                   clearance period (as described above)
                                             necessary to ensure mitigation and                      the lead PSO on duty who will ensure                  would precede the re-start of the HRG
                                             monitoring requirements are                             the implementation of the appropriate                 survey equipment. Following a
                                             implemented as appropriate. PSOs                        mitigation measure. However, PAM                      shutdown, HRG survey equipment may
                                             would be equipped with binoculars and                   detection alone would not trigger a                   be restarted following pre-clearance of
                                             would estimate distances to marine                      requirement for any mitigation action be              the zones as described above.
                                             mammals located in proximity to the                     taken upon acoustic detection of marine                 If a species for which authorization
                                             vessel and/or exclusion zone using                      mammals.                                              has not been granted, or, a species for
                                             range finders. Reticulated binoculars                                                                         which authorization has been granted
                                                                                                     Ramp-Up of Survey Equipment                           but the authorized number of takes have
                                             would also be available to PSOs for use
                                             as appropriate based on conditions and                    As proposed by the applicant, where                 been met, approaches or is observed
                                             visibility to support the siting and                    technically feasible, a ramp-up                       within an EZ or within the watch zone,
                                             monitoring of marine species. Position                  procedure would be used for                           shutdown would occur.
                                             data will be recorded using hand-held                   geophysical survey equipment capable
                                                                                                     of adjusting energy levels at the start or            Vessel Strike Avoidance
                                             or vessel global positioning system
                                             (GPS) units for each sighting.                          re-start of survey activities. The ramp-                Vessel strike avoidance measures will
                                             Observations will take place from the                   up procedure would be used at the                     include, but are not limited to, the
                                             highest available vantage point on the                  beginning of HRG survey activities in                 following, as required in the BOEM
                                             survey vessel. During surveys                           order to provide additional protection to             lease, except under circumstances when
                                             conducted at night, night-vision                        marine mammals near the survey area                   complying with these requirements
                                             equipment with infrared light-emitting                  by allowing them to detect the presence               would put the safety of the vessel or
                                             diodes spotlights and/or infrared video                 of the survey and vacate the area prior               crew at risk:
                                             monitoring will be available for PSO                    to the commencement of survey                           • All vessel operators and crew will
                                             use, and passive acoustic monitoring                    equipment use at full energy. Ramp-up                 maintain vigilant watch for cetaceans
                                             (PAM; described below) will be used.                    of the survey equipment would not                     and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop
                                                                                                     begin until the relevant EZ has been                  their vessel to avoid striking these
                                             Pre-Clearance of the Exclusion Zone                     cleared by the PSOs, as described above.              protected species;
                                                                                                                                                             • All vessel operators will comply
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                               Prior to initiating HRG survey                        Systems will be initiated at their lowest
                                             activities, GSOE would implement a 30-                  power output and will be incrementally                with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) or less speed
                                             minute pre-clearance period of the                      increased to full power. If any marine                restrictions in any SMA per NOAA
                                             relevant EZs. During this period, the                   mammals are detected within the EZ                    guidance;
                                             PSOs would ensure that no marine                        prior to or during the ramp-up, HRG                     • All vessel operators will reduce
                                             mammals are observed within the                         equipment will be shut down (as                       vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or
                                             relevant EZs. If HRG survey equipment                   described below).                                     less when any large whale, any mother/


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                           14437

                                             calf pairs, pods, or large assemblages of               avoid striking marine mammals. Project-               right whale migratory habitat is not
                                             non-delphinoid cetaceans are observed                   specific training will be conducted for               warranted. Further, we believe the
                                             near (within 100 m (330 ft)) an                         all vessel crew prior to the start of the             proposed mitigation measures are
                                             underway vessel;                                        site characterization survey activities.              practicable for the applicant to
                                                • All survey vessels will maintain a                 Confirmation of the training and                      implement.
                                             separation distance of 500 m (1640 ft) or               understanding of the requirements will                   Based on our evaluation of the
                                             greater from any sighted North Atlantic                 be documented on a training course log                applicant’s proposed measures, NMFS
                                             right whale;                                            sheet. Signing the log sheet will certify             has preliminarily determined that the
                                                • If underway, vessels must steer a                  that the crew members understand and                  proposed mitigation measures provide
                                             course away from any sighted North                      will comply with the necessary                        the means of effecting the least
                                             Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5                  requirements throughout the survey                    practicable impact on the affected
                                             km/hr) or less until the 500 m (1640 ft)                activities.                                           species or stocks and their habitat,
                                             minimum separation distance has been                                                                          paying particular attention to rookeries,
                                             established. If a North Atlantic right                  Seasonal Operating Requirements                       mating grounds, and areas of similar
                                             whale is sighted in a vessel’s path, or                    As described above, the northern                   significance.
                                             within 100 m (330 ft) to an underway                    section of the proposed survey area
                                             vessel, the underway vessel must reduce                 partially overlaps with a portion of one              Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
                                             speed and shift the engine to neutral.                  North Atlantic right whale SMA which                     In order to issue an IHA for an
                                             Engines will not be engaged until the                   occurs off the mouth of the Delaware                  activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
                                             North Atlantic right whale has moved                    Bay. This SMA is active from November                 MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,
                                             outside of the vessel’s path and beyond                 1 through April 30 of each year. Survey               requirements pertaining to the
                                             100 m. If stationary, the vessel must not               vessels would be required to adhere to                monitoring and reporting of such taking.
                                             engage engines until the North Atlantic                 the mandatory vessel speed restrictions               The MMPA implementing regulations at
                                             right whale has moved beyond 100 m;                     (≤10 kn) when operating within the                    50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that
                                                • All vessels will maintain a                        SMA during times when the SMA is                      requests for authorizations must include
                                             separation distance of 100 m (330 ft) or                active. In addition, between watch                    the suggested means of accomplishing
                                             greater from any sighted non-delphinoid                 shifts, members of the monitoring team                the necessary monitoring and reporting
                                             cetacean. If sighted, the vessel                        would consult NMFS’ North Atlantic                    that will result in increased knowledge
                                             underway must reduce speed and shift                    right whale reporting systems for the                 of the species and of the level of taking
                                             the engine to neutral, and must not                     presence of North Atlantic right whales               or impacts on populations of marine
                                             engage the engines until the non-                       throughout survey operations. Members                 mammals that are expected to be
                                             delphinoid cetacean has moved outside                   of the monitoring team would monitor                  present in the proposed action area.
                                             of the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m.                  the NMFS North Atlantic right whale                   Effective reporting is critical both to
                                             If a survey vessel is stationary, the                   reporting systems for the establishment               compliance as well as ensuring that the
                                             vessel will not engage engines until the                of a Dynamic Management Area (DMA).                   most value is obtained from the required
                                             non-delphinoid cetacean has moved out                   If NMFS should establish a DMA in the                 monitoring.
                                             of the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m;                  survey area, within 24 hours of the                      Monitoring and reporting
                                                • All vessels will maintain a                        establishment of the DMA, GSOE would                  requirements prescribed by NMFS
                                             separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or                 coordinate with NMFS to alter the                     should contribute to improved
                                             greater from any sighted delphinoid                     survey activities as needed to avoid                  understanding of one or more of the
                                             cetacean. Any vessel underway remain                    right whales to the extent possible.                  following:
                                             parallel to a sighted delphinoid                           The proposed mitigation measures are                  • Occurrence of marine mammal
                                             cetacean’s course whenever possible,                    designed to avoid the already low                     species or stocks in the area in which
                                             and avoid excessive speed or abrupt                     potential for injury in addition to some              take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
                                             changes in direction. Any vessel                        Level B harassment, and to minimize                   abundance, distribution, density);
                                             underway reduces vessel speed to 10                     the potential for vessel strikes. There are              • Nature, scope, or context of likely
                                             knots (18.5 km/hr) or less when pods                    no known marine mammal feeding                        marine mammal exposure to potential
                                             (including mother/calf pairs) or large                  areas, rookeries, or mating grounds in                stressors/impacts (individual or
                                             assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are                 the survey area that would otherwise                  cumulative, acute or chronic), through
                                             observed. Vessels may not adjust course                 potentially warrant increased mitigation              better understanding of: (1) Action or
                                             and speed until the delphinoid                          measures for marine mammals or their                  environment (e.g., source
                                             cetaceans have moved beyond 50 m                        habitat (or both). The proposed survey                characterization, propagation, ambient
                                             and/or the abeam of the underway                        would occur in an area that has been                  noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
                                             vessel;                                                 identified as a biologically important                history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
                                                • All vessels will maintain a                        area for migration for North Atlantic                 of marine mammal species with the
                                             separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or                 right whales. However, given the small                action; or (4) biological or behavioral
                                             greater from any sighted pinniped; and                  spatial extent of the survey area relative            context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
                                                • All vessels underway will not                      to the substantially larger spatial extent            feeding areas);
                                             divert or alter course in order to                      of the right whale migratory area, and                   • Individual marine mammal
                                             approach any whale, delphinoid                          the relatively limited temporal overlap               responses (behavioral or physiological)
                                             cetacean, or pinniped. Any vessel                       of the survey with the months that the                to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
                                             underway will avoid excessive speed or                  migratory area is considered biologically             cumulative), other stressors, or
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             abrupt changes in direction to avoid                    important (March, April, November and                 cumulative impacts from multiple
                                             injury to the sighted cetacean or                       December), the survey is not expected to              stressors;
                                             pinniped.                                               appreciably reduce migratory habitat                     • How anticipated responses to
                                                GSOE will ensure that vessel                         nor to negatively impact the migration                stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
                                             operators and crew maintain a vigilant                  of North Atlantic right whales. Thus                  fitness and survival of individual
                                             watch for cetaceans and pinnipeds by                    mitigation to address the proposed                    marine mammals; or (2) populations,
                                             slowing down or stopping the vessel to                  survey’s occurrence in North Atlantic                 species, or stocks;


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14438                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                                • Effects on marine mammal habitat                     Data on all PAM/PSO observations                       Activities would not resume until
                                             (e.g., marine mammal prey species,                      will be recorded based on standard PSO                NMFS is able to review the
                                             acoustic habitat, or other important                    collection requirements. This will                    circumstances of the event. NMFS
                                             physical components of marine                           include dates, times, and locations of                would work with GSOE to minimize
                                             mammal habitat); and                                    survey operations; time of observation,               reoccurrence of such an event in the
                                                • Mitigation and monitoring                          location and weather; details of marine               future. GSOE would not resume
                                             effectiveness.                                          mammal sightings (e.g., species,                      activities until notified by NMFS.
                                                                                                     numbers,behavior); and details of any                    In the event that GSOE discovers an
                                             Proposed Monitoring Measures                            observed taking (e.g.,behavioral                      injured or dead marine mammal and
                                                As described above, visual monitoring                disturbances or injury/mortality).                    determines that the cause of the injury
                                             of the EZs and monitoring zone will be                                                                        or death is unknown and the death is
                                                                                                     Proposed Reporting Measures                           relatively recent (i.e., in less than a
                                             performed by qualified and NMFS-
                                             approved PSOs. PSO Qualifications                          Within 90 days after completion of                 moderate state of decomposition), GSOE
                                             would include completion of a PSO                       survey activities, a final technical report           would immediately report the incident
                                             training course and documented field                    will be provided to NMFS that fully                   to the Chief of the Permits and
                                             experience on a marine mammal                           documents the methods and monitoring                  Conservation Division, Office of
                                             observation vessel and/or aerial surveys.               protocols, summarizes the data recorded               Protected Resources and the NMFS
                                             As proposed by the applicant and                        during monitoring, summarizes the                     Greater Atlantic Stranding Coordinator.
                                             required by BOEM, an observer team                      number of marine mammals estimated                    The report would include the same
                                             comprising a minimum of four NMFS-                      to have been taken during survey                      information identified in the paragraph
                                             approved PSOs and a minimum of two                      activities (by species, when known),                  above. Activities would be able to
                                             certified PAM operator(s), operating in                 summarizes the mitigation actions taken               continue while NMFS reviews the
                                             shifts, will be employed by GSOE                        during surveys (including what type of                circumstances of the incident. NMFS
                                             during the proposed surveys. PSOs and                   mitigation and the species and number                 would work with GSOE to determine if
                                             PAM operators would work in shifts                      of animals that prompted the mitigation               modifications in the activities are
                                             such that no one monitor will work                      action, when known), and provides an                  appropriate.
                                                                                                     interpretation of the results and                        In the event that GSOE discovers an
                                             more than 4 consecutive hours without
                                                                                                     effectiveness of all mitigation and                   injured or dead marine mammal and
                                             a 2-hour break or longer than 12 hours
                                                                                                     monitoring. Any recommendations                       determines that the injury or death is
                                             during any 24-hour period. During
                                                                                                     made by NMFS must be addressed in                     not associated with or related to the
                                             daylight hours the PSOs will rotate in
                                                                                                     the final report prior to acceptance by               activities authorized in the IHA (e.g.,
                                             shifts of one on and three off, while                                                                         previously wounded animal, carcass
                                             during nighttime operations PSOs will                   NMFS.
                                                                                                        In addition to the final technical                 with moderate to advanced
                                             work in pairs. The PAM operators will                                                                         decomposition, or scavenger damage),
                                             also be on call as necessary during                     report, GSOE will provide the reports
                                                                                                     described below as necessary during                   GSOE would report the incident to the
                                             daytime operations should visual                                                                              Chief of the Permits and Conservation
                                             observations become impaired. Each                      survey activities. In the unanticipated
                                                                                                     event that GSOE’s survey activities lead              Division, Office of Protected Resources,
                                             PSO will monitor 360 degrees of the                                                                           and the NMFS Greater Atlantic Regional
                                             field of vision. GSOE will provide                      to an injury (Level A harassment) or
                                                                                                     mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear                    Stranding Coordinator, within 24 hours
                                             resumes of all proposed PSOs and PAM                                                                          of the discovery. GSOE would provide
                                             operators (including alternates) to                     interaction, and/or entanglement) of a
                                                                                                     marine mammal, DWW would                              photographs or video footage (if
                                             NMFS for review and approval at least                                                                         available) or other documentation of the
                                             45 days prior to the start of survey                    immediately cease the specified
                                                                                                     activities and report the incident to the             stranded animal sighting to NMFS.
                                             operations.                                                                                                   GSOE may continue its operations
                                                Also as described above, PSOs will be                Chief of the Permits and Conservation
                                                                                                     Division, Office of Protected Resources               under such a case.
                                             equipped with binoculars and have the
                                             ability to estimate distances to marine                 and the NMFS Greater Atlantic                         Negligible Impact Analysis and
                                             mammals located in proximity to the                     Stranding Coordinator. The report                     Determination
                                             vessel and/or exclusion zone using                      would include the following                              NMFS has defined negligible impact
                                             range finders. Reticulated binoculars                   information:                                          as an impact resulting from the
                                                                                                        Time, date, and location (latitude/
                                             will also be available to PSOs for use as                                                                     specified activity that cannot be
                                                                                                     longitude) of the incident;
                                             appropriate based on conditions and                                                                           reasonably expected to, and is not
                                                                                                        • Name and type of vessel involved;
                                             visibility to support the siting and                       • Vessel’s speed during and leading                reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
                                             monitoring of marine species. During                    up to the incident;                                   species or stock through effects on
                                             night operations, PAM and night-vision                     • Description of the incident;                     annual rates of recruitment or survival.
                                             equipment with infrared light-emitting                     • Status of all sound source use in the            A negligible impact finding is based on
                                             diode spotlights and/or infrared video                  24 hours preceding the incident;                      the lack of likely adverse effects on
                                             monitoring will be used to increase the                    • Water depth;                                     annual rates of recruitment or survival
                                             ability to detect marine mammals.                          • Environmental conditions (e.g.,                  (i.e., population-level effects). An
                                             Position data will be recorded using                    wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                estimate of the number of takes alone is
                                             hand-held or vessel global positioning                  state, cloud cover, and visibility);                  not enough information on which to
                                             system (GPS) units for each sighting.                      • Description of all marine mammal                 base an impact determination. In
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             Observations will take place from the                   observations in the 24 hours preceding                addition to considering estimates of the
                                             highest available vantage point on the                  the incident;                                         number of marine mammals that might
                                             survey vessel. General 360-degree                          • Species identification or                        be ‘‘taken’’ through harassment, NMFS
                                             scanning will occur during the                          description of the animal(s) involved;                considers other factors, such as the
                                             monitoring periods, and target scanning                    • Fate of the animal(s); and                       likely nature of any responses (e.g.,
                                             by the PSO will occur when alerted of                      • Photographs or video footage of the              intensity, duration), the context of any
                                             a marine mammal presence.                               animal(s) (if equipment is available).                responses (e.g., critical reproductive


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                           14439

                                             time or location, migration), as well as                mammals and the food sources that they                  • The anticipated impacts of the
                                             effects on habitat, and the likely                      utilize are not expected to cause                     proposed activity on marine mammals
                                             effectiveness of the mitigation. We also                significant or long-term consequences                 would be temporary behavioral changes
                                             assess the number, intensity, and                       for individual marine mammals or their                due to avoidance of the area around the
                                             context of estimated takes by evaluating                populations. In addition, there are no                survey vessel;
                                             this information relative to population                 rookeries or mating or calving areas                    • The availability of alternate areas of
                                             status. Consistent with the 1989                        known to be biologically important to                 similar habitat value for marine
                                             preamble for NMFS’ implementing                         marine mammals within the proposed                    mammals to temporarily vacate the
                                             regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,                 project area. The proposed survey area                survey area during the proposed survey
                                             1989), the impacts from other past and                  is within a biologically important                    to avoid exposure to sounds from the
                                             ongoing anthropogenic activities are                    migratory area for North Atlantic right               activity;
                                             incorporated into this analysis via their               whales (effective March–April and                       • The proposed project area does not
                                             impacts on the environmental baseline                   November–December) that extends from                  contain areas of significance for feeding,
                                             (e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status            Massachusetts to Florida (LaBrecque, et               mating or calving;
                                             of the species, population size and                     al., 2015). Off the coast of Delaware, this             • Effects on species that serve as prey
                                             growth rate where known, ongoing                        biologically important migratory area                 species for marine mammals from the
                                             sources of human-caused mortality, or                   extends from the coast to beyond the                  proposed survey are not expected;
                                             ambient noise levels).                                  shelf break. Due to the fact that the                   • The proposed mitigation measures,
                                                To avoid repetition, our analysis                    proposed survey is temporary and short                including visual and acoustic
                                             applies to all the species listed in Table              in overall duration, the majority of the              monitoring, exclusion zones, and
                                             6, given that NMFS expects the                          survey would occur outside the months                 shutdown measures, are expected to
                                             anticipated effects of the proposed                     when the BIA is considered important                  minimize potential impacts to marine
                                             survey to be similar in nature.                         for right whale migration, and the                    mammals.
                                                NMFS does not anticipate that serious                                                                        Based on the analysis contained
                                                                                                     acoustic footprint of the proposed
                                             injury or mortality would occur as a                                                                          herein of the likely effects of the
                                                                                                     survey is very small relative to the
                                             result of GSOE’s proposed survey, even                                                                        specified activity on marine mammals
                                                                                                     spatial extent of the available migratory
                                             in the absence of proposed mitigation.                                                                        and their habitat and taking into
                                                                                                     habitat in the area, right whale
                                             Thus the proposed authorization does                                                                          consideration the implementation of the
                                                                                                     migration is not expected to be
                                             not authorize any serious injury or                                                                           proposed monitoring and mitigation
                                                                                                     impacted by the proposed survey.
                                             mortality. As discussed in the Potential                                                                      measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
                                                                                                        The proposed mitigation measures are               that the total marine mammal take from
                                             Effects section, non-auditory physical
                                                                                                     expected to reduce the number and/or                  the proposed activity will have a
                                             effects and vessel strike are not expected
                                                                                                     severity of takes by (1) giving animals               negligible impact on all affected marine
                                             to occur.
                                                We expect that all potential takes                   the opportunity to move away from the                 mammal species or stocks.
                                             would be in the form of short-term Level                sound source before HRG survey
                                                                                                     equipment reaches full energy; and (2)                Small Numbers
                                             B behavioral harassment in the form of
                                             temporary avoidance of the area, a                      preventing animals from being exposed                   As noted above, only small numbers
                                             reaction that is considered to be of low                to sound levels that may otherwise                    of incidental take may be authorized
                                             severity and with no lasting biological                 result in injury. Additional vessel strike            under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA
                                             consequences (e.g., Southall et al.,                    avoidance requirements will further                   for specified activities other than
                                             2007). Potential impacts to marine                      mitigate potential impacts to marine                  military readiness activities. The MMPA
                                             mammal habitat were discussed                           mammals during vessel transit to and                  does not define small numbers and so,
                                             previously in this document (see                        within the survey area.                               in practice, where estimated numbers
                                             Potential Effects of the Specified                         NMFS concludes that exposures to                   are available, NMFS compares the
                                             Activity on Marine Mammals and their                    marine mammal species and stocks due                  number of individuals taken to the most
                                             Habitat). Marine mammal habitat may                     to GSOE’s proposed survey would result                appropriate estimation of abundance of
                                             be impacted by elevated sound levels,                   in only short-term (temporary and short               the relevant species or stock in our
                                             but these impacts would be temporary.                   in duration) effects to individuals                   determination of whether an
                                             In addition to being temporary and short                exposed. Marine mammals may                           authorization is limited to small
                                             in overall duration, the acoustic                       temporarily avoid the immediate area                  numbers of marine mammals.
                                             footprint of the proposed survey is small               but are not expected to permanently                   Additionally, other qualitative factors
                                             relative to the overall distribution of the             abandon the area. Impacts to breeding,                may be considered in the analysis, such
                                             animals in the area and their use of the                feeding, sheltering, resting, or migration            as the temporal or spatial scale of the
                                             area. Feeding behavior is not likely to be              are not expected, nor are shifts in                   activities.
                                             significantly impacted, as no areas of                  habitat use, distribution, or foraging                  The numbers of marine mammals that
                                             biological significance for marine                      success. NMFS does not anticipate the                 we propose for authorization to be
                                             mammal feeding are known to exist in                    marine mammal takes that would result                 taken, for all species and stocks, would
                                             the survey area. Prey species are mobile                from the proposed survey would impact                 be considered small relative to the
                                             and are broadly distributed throughout                  annual rates of recruitment or survival.              relevant stocks or populations (less than
                                             the project area; therefore, marine                        In summary and as described above,                 17 percent for the Western North
                                             mammals that may be temporarily                         the following factors primarily support               Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal
                                             displaced during survey activities are                  our preliminary determination that the                stock of bottlenose dolphins, and less
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             expected to be able to resume foraging                  impacts resulting from this activity are              than 5 percent for all other species and
                                             once they have moved away from areas                    not expected to adversely affect the                  stocks) (Table 6). Bottlenose dolphins
                                             with disturbing levels of underwater                    species or stock through effects on                   taken by the proposed survey could
                                             noise. Because of the temporary nature                  annual rates of recruitment or survival:              originate from either the Western North
                                             of the disturbance and the availability of                 • No mortality, serious injury, or                 Atlantic Offshore or Western North
                                             similar habitat and resources in the                    Level A harassment is anticipated or                  Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal
                                             surrounding area, the impacts to marine                 authorized;                                           stocks, based on water depths and


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14440                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             distances to shore in the proposed                      Delaware and along potential submarine                until 30 minutes after use of survey
                                             survey area. For purposes of calculating                cable routes from the date of issuance                equipment ceases.
                                             proposed takes as a percentage of                       for a period of one year, provided the                   (c) Exclusion Zones and Watch
                                             population we assume 50 percent of                      previously mentioned mitigation,                      Zone—PSOs shall establish and monitor
                                             bottlenose dolphins taken will originate                monitoring, and reporting requirements                marine mammal Exclusion Zones and
                                             from the Western North Atlantic                         are incorporated. This section contains               Watch Zone. The Watch Zone shall
                                             Offshore stock and 50 percent will                      a draft of the IHA itself. The wording                represent the extent of the Level B
                                             originate from the Western North                        contained in this section is proposed for             harassment zone (447 m). Exclusion
                                             Atlantic Northern Migratory Coastal                     inclusion in the IHA (if issued).                     Zones are as follows:
                                             stock. Based on the analysis contained                     1. This IHA is valid for a period of                  (i) 500 m Exclusion Zone for North
                                             herein of the proposed activity                         one year from the date of issuance.                   Atlantic right whales;
                                             (including the proposed mitigation and                     2. This IHA is valid only for marine                  (ii) 200 m Exclusion Zone for fin
                                             monitoring measures) and the                            site characterization survey activity in              whales, sei whales, and sperm whales;
                                             anticipated take of marine mammals,                     the area of the Commercial Lease of                   and
                                             NMFS preliminarily finds that small                     Submerged Lands for Renewable Energy                     (iii) 25 m Exclusion Zone for harbor
                                             numbers of marine mammals will be                       Development on the Outer Continental                  porpoises.
                                             taken relative to the population size of                                                                         (d) Shutdown requirements—If a
                                                                                                     Shelf (OCS–A 0482) and along
                                             the affected species or stocks.                                                                               marine mammal is observed within,
                                                                                                     submarine cable routes between the
                                                                                                                                                           entering, or approaching the relevant
                                             Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis                     Lease area and Maryland or Delaware.
                                                                                                                                                           Exclusion Zones as described under 4(c)
                                             and Determination                                          3. General Conditions
                                                                                                                                                           while geophysical survey equipment is
                                                                                                        (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the              operational, the geophysical survey
                                               There are no relevant subsistence uses                possession of GSOE, the vessel operator
                                             of the affected marine mammal stocks or                                                                       equipment must be immediately shut
                                                                                                     and other relevant personnel, the lead                down.
                                             species implicated by this action.                      PSO, and any other relevant designees
                                             Therefore, NMFS has determined that                                                                              (i) Any PSO on duty has the authority
                                                                                                     of GSOE operating under the authority                 to call for shutdown of survey
                                             the total taking of affected species or                 of this IHA.
                                             stocks would not have an unmitigable                                                                          equipment. When there is certainty
                                                                                                        (b) The species authorized for taking              regarding the need for mitigation action
                                             adverse impact on the availability of                   are listed in Table 6. The taking, by
                                             such species or stocks for taking for                                                                         on the basis of visual detection, the
                                                                                                     Level B harassment only, is limited to                relevant PSO(s) must call for such
                                             subsistence purposes.                                   the species and numbers listed in Table               action immediately.
                                             Endangered Species Act                                  6. Any taking of species not listed in                   (ii) When a shutdown is called for by
                                               Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered                     Table 6, or exceeding the authorized                  a PSO, the shutdown must occur and
                                             Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531 et                  amounts listed in Table 6, is prohibited              any dispute resolved only following
                                             seq.) requires that each Federal agency                 and may result in the modification,                   shutdown.
                                             insure that any action it authorizes,                   suspension, or revocation of this IHA.                   (iii) Upon implementation of a
                                             funds, or carries out is not likely to                     (c) The taking by injury, serious injury           shutdown, survey equipment may be
                                             jeopardize the continued existence of                   or death of any species of marine                     reactivated when all marine mammals
                                             any endangered or threatened species or                 mammal is prohibited and may result in                have been confirmed by visual
                                             result in the destruction or adverse                    the modification, suspension, or                      observation to have exited the relevant
                                             modification of designated critical                     revocation of this IHA.                               Exclusion Zone or an additional time
                                             habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for                      (d) GSOE shall ensure that the vessel              period has elapsed with no further
                                             the issuance of IHAs, NMFS consults                     operator and other relevant vessel                    sighting of the animal that triggered the
                                             internally, in this case with the NMFS                  personnel are briefed on all                          shutdown (15 minutes for small
                                             Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries                     responsibilities, communication                       delphinoid cetaceans and 30 minutes
                                             Office (GARFO), whenever we propose                     procedures, marine mammal monitoring                  for all other species).
                                             to authorize take for endangered or                     protocols, operational procedures, and                   (iv) If geophysical equipment shuts
                                             threatened species.                                     IHA requirements prior to the start of                down for reasons other than mitigation
                                               The NMFS Office of Protected                          survey activity, and when relevant new                (i.e., mechanical or electronic failure)
                                             Resources Permits and Conservation                      personnel join the survey operations.                 resulting in the cessation of the survey
                                             Division is proposing to authorize the                     4. Mitigation Requirements—the                     equipment for a period of less than 20
                                             incidental take of four species of marine               holder of this Authorization is required              minutes, the equipment may be
                                             mammals which are listed under the                      to implement the following mitigation                 restarted as soon as practicable if visual
                                             ESA: the North Atlantic right, fin, sei                 measures:                                             surveys were continued diligently
                                             and sperm whale. The Permits and                           (a) GSOE shall use at least four (4)               throughout the silent period and the
                                             Conservation Division has requested                     NMFS-approved protected species                       relevant Exclusion Zones are confirmed
                                             initiation of Section 7 consultation with               observers (PSOs) during HRG surveys.                  by PSOs to have remained clear of
                                             the NMFS Greater Atlantic Regional                      The PSOs must have no tasks other than                marine mammals during the entire 20-
                                             Fisheries Office for the issuance of this               to conduct observational effort, record               minute period. If visual surveys were
                                             IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA                         observational data, and communicate                   not continued diligently during the
                                             consultation prior to reaching a                        with and instruct relevant vessel crew                pause of 20 minutes or less, a 30-minute
                                             determination regarding the issuance of                 with regard to the presence of marine                 pre-clearance period shall precede the
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             the authorization.                                      mammals and mitigation requirements.                  restart of the geophysical survey
                                                                                                     PSO resumes shall be provided to                      equipment as described in 4(e). If the
                                             Proposed Authorization                                  NMFS for approval prior to                            period of shutdown for reasons other
                                                As a result of these preliminary                     commencement of the survey.                           than mitigation is greater than 20
                                             determinations, NMFS proposes to issue                     (b) Visual monitoring must begin no                minutes, a pre-clearance period shall
                                             an IHA to GSOE for conducting marine                    less than 30 minutes prior to initiation              precede the restart of the geophysical
                                             site assessment surveys offshore                        of survey equipment and must continue                 survey equipment as described in 4(e).


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                           14441

                                                (v) If a species for which                           Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (18.5                monitoring and passive acoustic
                                             authorization has not been granted, or,                 km/hr) or less until the 500 m (1,640 ft)             monitoring (PAM) during geophysical
                                             a species for which authorization has                   minimum separation distance has been                  survey activity. Monitoring shall be
                                             been granted but the authorized number                  established. If a North Atlantic right                conducted in accordance with the
                                             of takes have been met, approaches or                   whale is sighted in a vessel’s path, or               following requirements:
                                             is observed within the Exclusion Zone                   within 100 m (330 ft) to an underway                     (a) A minimum of four NMFS-
                                             or Watch Zone, shutdown must occur.                     vessel, the underway vessel must reduce               approved PSOs and a minimum of two
                                                (e) Pre-clearance observation—30                     speed and shift the engine to neutral.                certified (PAM) operator(s), operating in
                                             minutes of pre-clearance observation                    Engines will not be engaged until the                 shifts, shall be employed by GSOE
                                             shall be conducted prior to initiation of               North Atlantic right whale has moved                  during geophysical surveys.
                                             geophysical survey equipment.                           outside of the vessel’s path and beyond                  (b) Observations shall take place from
                                             Geophysical survey equipment shall not                  100 m. If stationary, the vessel must not             the highest available vantage point on
                                             be initiated if marine mammals are                      engage engines until the North Atlantic               the survey vessel. General 360-degree
                                             observed within the relevant Exclusion                  right whale has moved beyond 100 m;                   scanning shall occur during the
                                             Zones as described under 4(d) during                       (v) The vessel shall maintain a                    monitoring periods, and target scanning
                                             the pre-clearance period. If a marine                   separation distance of 100 m (330 ft) or              by PSOs will occur when alerted of a
                                             mammal is observed within the relevant                  greater from any sighted non-delphinoid               marine mammal presence.
                                             Exclusion Zones during the pre-                         cetacean. If sighted, the vessel                         (c) PSOs shall be equipped with
                                             clearance period, initiation of the                     underway must reduce speed and shift                  binoculars and have the ability to
                                             geophysical survey equipment will be                    the engine to neutral and must not                    estimate distances to marine mammals
                                             delayed until the marine mammal(s)                      engage the engines until the non-                     located in proximity to the vessel and/
                                             departs the relevant Exclusion Zone.                    delphinoid cetacean has moved outside                 or Exclusion Zones using range finders.
                                                (f) Ramp-up—when technically                         of the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m.                Reticulated binoculars will also be
                                             feasible, survey equipment shall be                     If a survey vessel is stationary, the                 available to PSOs for use as appropriate
                                             ramped up at the start or re-start of                   vessel will not engage engines until the              based on conditions and visibility to
                                             survey activities. Ramp-up will begin                   non-delphinoid cetacean has moved out                 support the sighting and monitoring of
                                             with the power of the smallest acoustic                 of the vessel’s path and beyond 100 m;                marine species.
                                             equipment at its lowest practical power                    (vi) The vessel shall maintain a                      (d) PAM shall be used during
                                             output appropriate for the survey. When                 separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or               nighttime geophysical survey
                                             technically feasible the power will then                greater from any sighted delphinoid                   operations. The PAM system shall
                                             be gradually turned up and other                        cetacean. Any vessel underway remain                  consist of an array of hydrophones with
                                             acoustic sources added in way such that                 parallel to a sighted delphinoid                      both broadband (sampling mid-range
                                             the source level would increase                         cetacean’s course whenever possible                   frequencies of 2 kHz to 200 kHz) and at
                                             gradually.                                              and avoid excessive speed or abrupt                   least one low-frequency hydrophone
                                                (g) Vessel Strike Avoidance—Vessel                   changes in direction. Any vessel                      (sampling range frequencies of 75 Hz to
                                             operator and crew must maintain a                       underway reduces vessel speed to 10                   30 kHz). PAM operators shall
                                             vigilant watch for all marine mammals                   knots (18.5 km/hr) or less when pods                  communicate detections or
                                             and slow down or stop the vessel or                     (including mother/calf pairs) or large                vocalizations to the Lead PSO on duty
                                             alter course, as appropriate, to avoid                  assemblages of delphinoid cetaceans are               who shall ensure the implementation of
                                             striking any marine mammal, unless                      observed. Vessels may not adjust course               the appropriate mitigation measure.
                                             such action represents a human safety                   and speed until the delphinoid                           (e) During night surveys, night-vision
                                             concern. Survey vessel crew members                     cetaceans have moved beyond 50 m                      equipment with infrared light-emitting
                                             responsible for navigation duties shall                 and/or the abeam of the underway                      diode spotlights and/or infrared video
                                             receive site-specific training on marine                vessel;                                               monitoring shall be used in addition to
                                             mammal sighting/reporting and vessel                       (vii) All vessels shall maintain a                 PAM. Specifications for night-vision
                                             strike avoidance measures. Vessel strike                separation distance of 50 m (164 ft) or               equipment shall be provided to NMFS
                                             avoidance measures shall include the                    greater from any sighted pinniped; and                for review and acceptance prior to start
                                             following, except under circumstances                      (viii) All vessels underway shall not              of surveys.
                                             when complying with these                               divert or alter course in order to                       (f) PSOs and PAM operators shall
                                             requirements would put the safety of the                approach any whale, delphinoid                        work in shifts such that no one monitor
                                             vessel or crew at risk:                                 cetacean, or pinniped. Any vessel                     will work more than 4 consecutive
                                                (i) The vessel operator and crew shall               underway will avoid excessive speed or                hours without a 2 hour break or longer
                                             maintain vigilant watch for cetaceans                   abrupt changes in direction to avoid                  than 12 hours during any 24-hour
                                             and pinnipeds, and slow down or stop                    injury to the sighted cetacean or                     period. During daylight hours the PSOs
                                             the vessel to avoid striking marine                     pinniped.                                             shall rotate in shifts of 1 on and 3 off,
                                             mammals;                                                   (ix) The vessel operator shall comply              and while during nighttime operations
                                                (ii) The vessel operator shall reduce                with 10 knot (18.5 km/hr) or less speed               PSOs shall work in pairs.
                                             vessel speed to 10 knots (18.5 km/hr) or                restrictions in any Seasonal                             (g) PAM operators shall also be on call
                                             less when any large whale, any mother/                  Management Area per NMFS guidance.                    as necessary during daytime operations
                                             calf pairs, whale or dolphin pods, or                      (x) If NMFS should establish a                     should visual observations become
                                             larger assemblages of non-delphinoid                    Dynamic Management Area (DMA) in                      impaired.
                                             cetaceans are observed near (within 100                 the area of the survey, within 24 hours                  (h) Position data shall be recorded
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                             m (330 ft)) an underway vessel;                         of the establishment of the DMA, GSOE                 using hand-held or vessel global
                                                (iii) The survey vessel shall maintain               shall work with NMFS to shut down                     positioning system (GPS) units for each
                                             a separation distance of 500 m (1,640 ft)               and/or alter survey activities as                     sighting.
                                             or greater from any sighted North                       appropriate.                                             (i) A briefing shall be conducted
                                             Atlantic right whale;                                      5. Monitoring Requirements—The                     between survey supervisors and crews,
                                                (iv) If underway, the vessel must steer              Holder of this Authorization is required              PSOs, and GSOE to establish
                                             a course away from any sighted North                    to conduct marine mammal visual                       responsibilities of each party, define


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                             14442                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices

                                             chains of command, discuss                                 (H) Pace of the animal;                               (A) Time, date, and location (latitude/
                                             communication procedures, provide an                       (I) Estimated distance to the animal               longitude) of the incident;
                                             overview of monitoring purposes, and                    and its heading relative to vessel at                    (B) Vessel’s speed during and leading
                                             review operational procedures.                          initial sighting;                                     up to the incident;
                                                (j) GSOE shall provide resumes of all                   (J) Identification of the animal (e.g.,               (C) Description of the incident;
                                             proposed PSOs and PAM operators                         genus/species, lowest possible                           (D) Status of all sound source use in
                                             (including alternates) to NMFS for                      taxonomic level, or unidentified); also               the 24 hours preceding the incident;
                                             review and approval at least 45 days                    note the composition of the group if                     (E) Water depth;
                                             prior to the start of survey operations.                there is a mix of species;                               (F) Environmental conditions (e.g.,
                                                (k) PSO Qualifications shall include                    (K) Estimated number of animals                    wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
                                             completion of a PSO training course and                 (high/low/best) ;                                     state, cloud cover, and visibility);
                                             documented field experience on a                           (L) Estimated number of animals by                    (G) Description of all marine mammal
                                             marine mammal observation vessel and/                   cohort (adults, yearlings, juveniles,                 observations in the 24 hours preceding
                                             or aerial surveys.                                      calves, group composition, etc.);                     the incident;
                                                (a) Data on all PAM/PSO observations                    (M) Description (as many
                                                                                                                                                              (H) Species identification or
                                             shall be recorded based on standard                     distinguishing features as possible of
                                                                                                                                                           description of the animal(s) involved;
                                             PSO collection requirements. PSOs                       each individual seen, including length,
                                                                                                                                                              (I) Fate of the animal(s); and
                                             must use standardized data forms,                       shape, color, pattern, scars or markings,
                                                                                                                                                              (J) Photographs or video footage of the
                                             whether hard copy or electronic. The                    shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of
                                                                                                                                                           animal(s).
                                             following information shall be reported:                head, and blow characteristics);
                                                (i) PSO names and affiliations                          (N) Detailed behavior observations                    Activities shall not resume until
                                                (ii) Dates of departures and returns to              (e.g., number of blows, number of                     NMFS is able to review the
                                             port with port name                                     surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving,              circumstances of the prohibited take.
                                                (iii) Dates and times (Greenwich Mean                feeding, traveling; as explicit and                   NMFS will work with GSOE to
                                             Time) of survey effort and times                        detailed as possible; note any observed               determine what measures are necessary
                                             corresponding with PSO effort                           changes in behavior);                                 to minimize the likelihood of further
                                                (iv) Vessel location (latitude/                         (O) Animal’s closest point of                      prohibited take and ensure MMPA
                                             longitude) when survey effort begins                    approach and/or closest distance from                 compliance. GSOE may not resume their
                                             and ends; vessel location at beginning                  the center point of the acoustic source;              activities until notified by NMFS.
                                             and end of visual PSO duty shifts                          (P) Platform activity at time of                      (ii) In the event that GSOE discovers
                                                (v) Vessel heading and speed at                      sighting (e.g., deploying, recovering,                an injured or dead marine mammal, and
                                             beginning and end of visual PSO duty                    testing, data acquisition, other); and                the lead PSO determines that the cause
                                             shifts and upon any line change                            (Q) Description of any actions                     of the injury or death is unknown and
                                                (vi) Environmental conditions while                  implemented in response to the sighting               the death is relatively recent (e.g., in
                                             on visual survey (at beginning and end                  (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up, speed               less than a moderate state of
                                             of PSO shift and whenever conditions                    or course alteration, etc.) and time and              decomposition), GSOE shall
                                             change significantly), including wind                   location of the action.                               immediately report the incident to the
                                             speed and direction, Beaufort sea state,                   6. Reporting—a technical report shall              NMFS Office of Protected Resources and
                                             Beaufort wind force, swell height,                      be provided to NMFS within 90 days                    the NMFS Greater Atlantic Stranding
                                             weather conditions, cloud cover, sun                    after completion of survey activities that            Coordinator. The report must include
                                             glare, and overall visibility to the                    fully documents the methods and                       the same information identified in
                                             horizon                                                 monitoring protocols, summarizes the                  condition 6(b)(i) of this IHA. Activities
                                                (vii) Factors that may be contributing               data recorded during monitoring,                      may continue while NMFS reviews the
                                             to impaired observations during each                    estimates the number of marine                        circumstances of the incident. NMFS
                                             PSO shift change or as needed as                        mammals that may have been taken                      will work with GSOE to determine
                                             environmental conditions change (e.g.,                  during survey activities, describes the               whether additional mitigation measures
                                             vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions)                 effectiveness of the various mitigation               or modifications to the activities are
                                                (viii) Survey activity information,                                                                        appropriate.
                                                                                                     techniques (i.e. visual observations
                                             such as acoustic source power output                                                                             (iii) In the event that GSOE discovers
                                                                                                     during day and night compared to PAM
                                             while in operation, number and volume                                                                         an injured or dead marine mammal, and
                                                                                                     detections/operations) and provides an
                                             of airguns operating in the array, tow                                                                        the lead PSO determines that the injury
                                                                                                     interpretation of the results and
                                             depth of the array, and any other notes                                                                       or death is not associated with or related
                                                                                                     effectiveness of all monitoring tasks.
                                             of significance (i.e., pre-ramp-up survey,                                                                    to the specified activities (e.g.,
                                                                                                     Any recommendations made by NMFS
                                             ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting,                                                                         previously wounded animal, carcass
                                                                                                     shall be addressed in the final report
                                             ramp-up completion, end of operations,                                                                        with moderate to advanced
                                                                                                     prior to acceptance by NMFS.
                                             streamers, etc.)                                           (a) Reporting injured or dead marine               decomposition, or scavenger damage),
                                                (ix) If a marine mammal is sighted,                                                                        GSOE shall report the incident to the
                                                                                                     mammals:
                                             the following information should be                        (i) In the event that the specified                NMFS Office of Protected Resources and
                                             recorded:                                               activity clearly causes the take of a                 the NMFS Greater Atlantic Stranding
                                                (A) Watch status (sighting made by
                                                                                                     marine mammal in a manner not                         Coordinator within 24 hours of the
                                             PSO on/off effort, opportunistic, crew,
                                                                                                     prohibited by this IHA (if issued), such              discovery. GSOE shall provide
                                             alternate vessel/platform);
                                                (B) PSO who sighted the animal;                      as serious injury or mortality, GSOE                  photographs or video footage or other
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                                (C) Time of sighting;                                shall immediately cease the specified                 documentation of the sighting to NMFS.
                                                (D) Vessel location at time of sighting;             activities and immediately report the                    7. This Authorization may be
                                                (E) Water depth;                                     incident to the NMFS Office of                        modified, suspended or withdrawn if
                                                (F) Direction of vessel’s travel                     Protected Resources and the NMFS                      the holder fails to abide by the
                                             (compass direction);                                    Greater Atlantic Stranding Coordinator.               conditions prescribed herein, or if
                                                (G) Direction of animal’s travel                     The report must include the following                 NMFS determines the authorized taking
                                             relative to the vessel;                                 information:                                          is having more than a negligible impact


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1


                                                                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 65 / Wednesday, April 4, 2018 / Notices                                            14443

                                             on the species or stock of affected                     DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                   Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
                                             marine mammals.                                                                                               for comments sent by any other method,
                                                                                                     National Oceanic and Atmospheric                      to any other address or individual, or
                                             Request for Public Comments                             Administration                                        received after the end of the comment
                                                We request comment on our analyses,                                                                        period. Comments received
                                                                                                     RIN 0648–XG131
                                             the draft authorization, and any other                                                                        electronically, including all
                                             aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA                   Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to                 attachments, must not exceed a 25-
                                                                                                     Specified Activities; Taking Marine                   megabyte file size. Attachments to
                                             for the proposed marine site
                                                                                                     Mammals Incidental to the Bravo                       electronic comments will be accepted in
                                             characterization surveys. Please include
                                                                                                     Wharf Recapitalization Project                        Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF
                                             with your comments any supporting
                                                                                                                                                           file formats only. All comments
                                             data or literature citations to help                    AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                    received are a part of the public record
                                             inform our final decision on the request                Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                  and will generally be posted online at
                                             for MMPA authorization.                                 Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                    https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/node/
                                                On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may                    Commerce.                                             23111 without change. All personal
                                             issue a one-year renewal IHA without                    ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental                   identifying information (e.g., name,
                                             additional notice when (1) another year                 harassment authorization; request for                 address) voluntarily submitted by the
                                             of identical or nearly identical activities             comments.                                             commenter may be publicly accessible.
                                             as described in the Specified Activities                                                                      Do not submit confidential business
                                             section is planned, or (2) the activities               SUMMARY:    NMFS has received a request               information or otherwise sensitive or
                                             would not be completed by the time the                  from the U.S. Navy (Navy) for an                      protected information.
                                                                                                     incidental harassment authorization                   FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                             IHA expires and renewal would allow
                                                                                                     (IHA) that would cover a subset of the                Jaclyn Daly, Office of Protected
                                             completion of the activities beyond that
                                                                                                     take authorized in an IHA previously                  Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8438.
                                             described in the Dates and Duration
                                                                                                     issued to the Navy to incidentally take               Electronic copies of the original
                                             section, provided all of the following                  bottlenose dolphins, by Level B
                                             conditions are met:                                                                                           application and supporting documents
                                                                                                     harassment only, during construction                  (including NMFS FR notices of the
                                                • A request for renewal is received no               activities associated with a wharf                    original proposed and final
                                             later than 60 days prior to expiration of               recapitalization project at Bravo Wharf,              authorizations), as well as a list of the
                                             the current IHA.                                        Naval Station Mayport, Florida. The                   references cited in this document, may
                                                • The request for renewal must                       project has been delayed, such that only              be obtained online at https://
                                             include the following:                                  a subset of the work covered in the 2017              www.fisheries.noaa.gov/node/23111. In
                                                                                                     IHA has been completed and, therefore,                case of problems accessing these
                                                (1) An explanation that the activities               the Navy requested that an IHA be
                                             to be conducted beyond the initial dates                                                                      documents, please call the contact listed
                                                                                                     issued to cover the remainder of their                above.
                                             either are identical to the previously                  work. NMFS is proposing to issue a
                                             analyzed activities or include changes                                                                        SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                                                                                                     second IHA to cover the remainder of
                                             so minor (e.g., reduction in pile size)                 the incidental take analyzed and                      Background
                                             that the changes do not affect the                      authorized in the first IHA. The                        Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
                                             previous analyses, take estimates, or                   authorized take numbers would be                      MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct
                                             mitigation and monitoring                               adjusted (i.e., reduced) to account for               the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated
                                             requirements.                                           the reduction in work (because a subset               to NMFS) to allow, upon request, the
                                                (2) A preliminary monitoring report                  was already completed) and a revision                 incidental, but not intentional, taking of
                                             showing the results of the required                     of the source level based on a recent                 small numbers of marine mammals by
                                             monitoring to date and an explanation                   measurement, and the required                         U.S. citizens who engage in a specified
                                                                                                     mitigation, monitoring, and reporting                 activity (other than commercial fishing)
                                             showing that the monitoring results do
                                                                                                     would remain the same as authorized in                within a specified geographical region if
                                             not indicate impacts of a scale or nature
                                                                                                     the 2017 IHA referenced above. NMFS                   certain findings are made and either
                                             not previously analyzed or authorized.
                                                                                                     is requesting comments on its proposal                regulations are issued or, if the taking is
                                                • Upon review of the request for                     to issue this IHA to incidentally take                limited to harassment, a notice of a
                                             renewal, the status of the affected                     marine mammals during the Navy’s                      proposed authorization is provided to
                                             species or stocks, and any other                        specified activities. NMFS will consider              the public for review.
                                             pertinent information, NMFS                             public comments prior to making any                     An authorization for incidental
                                             determines that there are no more than                  final decision on the issuance of the                 takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
                                             minor changes in the activities, the                    requested MMPA authorization and                      that the taking will have a negligible
                                             mitigation and monitoring measures                      agency responses will be summarized in                impact on the species or stock(s), will
                                             remain the same and appropriate, and                    the final notice of our decision.                     not have an unmitigable adverse impact
                                             the original findings remain valid.                     DATES: Comments and information must                  on the availability of the species or
                                               Dated: March 30, 2018.                                be received no later than May 4, 2018.                stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
                                             Elaine T. Saiz,                                         ADDRESSES: Comments should be                         relevant), and if the permissible
                                                                                                     addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,                   methods of taking and requirements
                                             Acting Deputy Director, Office of Protected
amozie on DSK30RV082PROD with NOTICES




                                                                                                     Permits and Conservation Division,                    pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
                                             Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                                                                                     Office of Protected Resources, National               and reporting of such takings are set
                                             [FR Doc. 2018–06856 Filed 4–3–18; 8:45 am]
                                                                                                     Marine Fisheries Service. Physical                    forth.
                                             BILLING CODE 3510–22–P                                  comments should be sent to 1315 East-                   NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
                                                                                                     West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910                 impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact
                                                                                                     and electronic comments should be sent                resulting from the specified activity that
                                                                                                     to ITP.daly@noaa.gov.                                 cannot be reasonably expected to, and is


                                        VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:12 Apr 03, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 4703   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04APN1.SGM   04APN1



Document Created: 2018-11-01 09:10:39
Document Modified: 2018-11-01 09:10:39
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than May 4, 2018.
ContactJordan Carduner, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the applications and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained by visiting the internet at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/energy_other.htm. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed above.
FR Citation83 FR 14417 
RIN Number0648-XF99

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR